KubeBlocks
Blogs
⌘K
​

Overview

Introduction
Concepts
Kubernetes and Operator 101
Supported addons
About this manual

Try out KubeBlocks with Playground

Try out KubeBlocks on cloud
Try out KubeBlocks on laptop

Installation

Prerequisite for Local Env

Prerequisite for Local Env
Install kbcli
Install KubeBlocks
Install Addons
Uninstall KubeBlocks and kbcli

Upgrade KubeBlocks

Upgrade to v0.8
Upgrade to v0.9.0
Upgrade to v0.9.3
FAQ

Connect Database

Overview
Testing environment
Production environment

Maintenance

Scale

Horizontal Scale
Vertical Scale

Backup and Restore

Introduction

Backup

Configure BackupRepo
Configure BackupPolicy
Scheduled backup
On-demand backup

Restore

Restore from backup set
PITR

In Place Update

Overview on in-place update
Enable in-place update

Resource Scheduling

Configure pod affinity for database clusters

Cross K8s Deployment

Deploy a Cluster across Multiple Kubernetes Clusters by KubeBlocks

Instance Template

Introduction of instance template
Apply instance template

Observability

Monitor database
Configure alert

User Management

Manage user accounts

Handle an Exception

Handle an exception
Full disk lock

Developer

Developer guides
Terminology

Add an add-on to KubeBlocks

Add-ons of KubeBlocks
Add an add-on
Backup and restore
Parameter template
Parameter configuration
Monitoring
Multi-component configuration
Environment variables and placeholders

External Component

Reference external component

API Reference

Cluster
Backup
Add-On

Packages:

  • apps.kubeblocks.io/v1alpha1
  • apps.kubeblocks.io/v1beta1
  • workloads.kubeblocks.io/v1alpha1

apps.kubeblocks.io/v1alpha1

Resource Types:
  • Cluster
  • ClusterDefinition
  • ClusterVersion
  • Component
  • ComponentClassDefinition
  • ComponentDefinition
  • ComponentResourceConstraint
  • ComponentVersion
  • ConfigConstraint
  • Configuration
  • OpsDefinition
  • OpsRequest
  • ServiceDescriptor

Cluster

Cluster offers a unified management interface for a wide variety of database and storage systems:

  • Relational databases: MySQL, PostgreSQL, MariaDB
  • NoSQL databases: Redis, MongoDB
  • KV stores: ZooKeeper, etcd
  • Analytics systems: ElasticSearch, OpenSearch, ClickHouse, Doris, StarRocks, Solr
  • Message queues: Kafka, Pulsar
  • Distributed SQL: TiDB, OceanBase
  • Vector databases: Qdrant, Milvus, Weaviate
  • Object storage: Minio

KubeBlocks utilizes an abstraction layer to encapsulate the characteristics of these diverse systems. A Cluster is composed of multiple Components, each defined by vendors or KubeBlocks Addon developers via ComponentDefinition, arranged in Directed Acyclic Graph (DAG) topologies. The topologies, defined in a ClusterDefinition, coordinate reconciliation across Cluster’s lifecycle phases: Creating, Running, Updating, Stopping, Stopped, Deleting. Lifecycle management ensures that each Component operates in harmony, executing appropriate actions at each lifecycle stage.

For sharded-nothing architecture, the Cluster supports managing multiple shards, each shard managed by a separate Component, supporting dynamic resharding.

The Cluster object is aimed to maintain the overall integrity and availability of a database cluster, serves as the central control point, abstracting the complexity of multiple-component management, and providing a unified interface for cluster-wide operations.

Field Description
`apiVersion`
string
`apps.kubeblocks.io/v1alpha1`
`kind`
string
`Cluster`
`metadata`
Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the `metadata` field.
`spec`
ClusterSpec


`clusterDefinitionRef`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the name of the ClusterDefinition to use when creating a Cluster.

This field enables users to create a Cluster based on a specific ClusterDefinition. Which, in conjunction with the `topology` field, determine:

  • The Components to be included in the Cluster.
  • The sequences in which the Components are created, updated, and terminate.

This facilitates multiple-components management with predefined ClusterDefinition.

Users with advanced requirements can bypass this general setting and specify more precise control over the composition of the Cluster by directly referencing specific ComponentDefinitions for each component within `componentSpecs[*].componentDef`.

If this field is not provided, each component must be explicitly defined in `componentSpecs[*].componentDef`.

Note: Once set, this field cannot be modified; it is immutable.

`clusterVersionRef`
string
(Optional)

Refers to the ClusterVersion name.

Deprecated since v0.9, use ComponentVersion instead. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`topology`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the name of the ClusterTopology to be used when creating the Cluster.

This field defines which set of Components, as outlined in the ClusterDefinition, will be used to construct the Cluster based on the named topology. The ClusterDefinition may list multiple topologies under `clusterdefinition.spec.topologies[*]`, each tailored to different use cases or environments.

If `topology` is not specified, the Cluster will use the default topology defined in the ClusterDefinition.

Note: Once set during the Cluster creation, the `topology` field cannot be modified. It establishes the initial composition and structure of the Cluster and is intended for one-time configuration.

`terminationPolicy`
TerminationPolicyType

Specifies the behavior when a Cluster is deleted. It defines how resources, data, and backups associated with a Cluster are managed during termination. Choose a policy based on the desired level of resource cleanup and data preservation:

  • `DoNotTerminate`: Prevents deletion of the Cluster. This policy ensures that all resources remain intact.
  • `Halt`: Deletes Cluster resources like Pods and Services but retains Persistent Volume Claims (PVCs), allowing for data preservation while stopping other operations. Warning: Halt policy is deprecated in 0.9.1 and will have same meaning as DoNotTerminate.
  • `Delete`: Extends the `Halt` policy by also removing PVCs, leading to a thorough cleanup while removing all persistent data.
  • `WipeOut`: An aggressive policy that deletes all Cluster resources, including volume snapshots and backups in external storage. This results in complete data removal and should be used cautiously, primarily in non-production environments to avoid irreversible data loss.

Warning: Choosing an inappropriate termination policy can result in data loss. The `WipeOut` policy is particularly risky in production environments due to its irreversible nature.

`shardingSpecs`
[]ShardingSpec
(Optional)

Specifies a list of ShardingSpec objects that manage the sharding topology for Cluster Components. Each ShardingSpec organizes components into shards, with each shard corresponding to a Component. Components within a shard are all based on a common ClusterComponentSpec template, ensuring uniform configurations.

This field supports dynamic resharding by facilitating the addition or removal of shards through the `shards` field in ShardingSpec.

Note: `shardingSpecs` and `componentSpecs` cannot both be empty; at least one must be defined to configure a Cluster.

`componentSpecs`
[]ClusterComponentSpec
(Optional)

Specifies a list of ClusterComponentSpec objects used to define the individual Components that make up a Cluster. This field allows for detailed configuration of each Component within the Cluster.

Note: `shardingSpecs` and `componentSpecs` cannot both be empty; at least one must be defined to configure a Cluster.

`services`
[]ClusterService
(Optional)

Defines a list of additional Services that are exposed by a Cluster. This field allows Services of selected Components, either from `componentSpecs` or `shardingSpecs` to be exposed, alongside Services defined with ComponentService.

Services defined here can be referenced by other clusters using the ServiceRefClusterSelector.

`affinity`
Affinity
(Optional)

Defines a set of node affinity scheduling rules for the Cluster’s Pods. This field helps control the placement of Pods on nodes within the Cluster.

`tolerations`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.Toleration
(Optional)

An array that specifies tolerations attached to the Cluster’s Pods, allowing them to be scheduled onto nodes with matching taints.

`schedulingPolicy`
SchedulingPolicy
(Optional)

Specifies the scheduling policy for the cluster.

`runtimeClassName`
string
(Optional)

Specifies runtimeClassName for all Pods managed by this Cluster.

`backup`
ClusterBackup
(Optional)

Specifies the backup configuration of the Cluster.

`tenancy`
TenancyType
(Optional)

Describes how Pods are distributed across node.

Deprecated since v0.9. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`availabilityPolicy`
AvailabilityPolicyType
(Optional)

Describes the availability policy, including zone, node, and none.

Deprecated since v0.9. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`replicas`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the replicas of the first componentSpec, if the replicas of the first componentSpec is specified, this value will be ignored.

Deprecated since v0.9. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`resources`
ClusterResources
(Optional)

Specifies the resources of the first componentSpec, if the resources of the first componentSpec is specified, this value will be ignored.

Deprecated since v0.9. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`storage`
ClusterStorage
(Optional)

Specifies the storage of the first componentSpec, if the storage of the first componentSpec is specified, this value will be ignored.

Deprecated since v0.9. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`network`
ClusterNetwork
(Optional)

The configuration of network.

Deprecated since v0.9. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`status`
ClusterStatus

ClusterDefinition

ClusterDefinition defines the topology for databases or storage systems, offering a variety of topological configurations to meet diverse deployment needs and scenarios.

It includes a list of Components, each linked to a ComponentDefinition, which enhances reusability and reduce redundancy. For example, widely used components such as etcd and Zookeeper can be defined once and reused across multiple ClusterDefinitions, simplifying the setup of new systems.

Additionally, ClusterDefinition also specifies the sequence of startup, upgrade, and shutdown for Components, ensuring a controlled and predictable management of component lifecycles.

Field Description
`apiVersion`
string
`apps.kubeblocks.io/v1alpha1`
`kind`
string
`ClusterDefinition`
`metadata`
Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the `metadata` field.
`spec`
ClusterDefinitionSpec


`type`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the well-known database type, such as mysql, redis, or mongodb.

Deprecated since v0.9. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`componentDefs`
[]ClusterComponentDefinition
(Optional)

Provides the definitions for the cluster components.

Deprecated since v0.9. Components should now be individually defined using ComponentDefinition and collectively referenced via `topology.components`. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`connectionCredential`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Connection credential template used for creating a connection credential secret for cluster objects.

Built-in objects are:

  • `$(RANDOM_PASSWD)` random 8 characters.
  • `$(STRONG_RANDOM_PASSWD)` random 16 characters, with mixed cases, digits and symbols.
  • `$(UUID)` generate a random UUID v4 string.
  • `$(UUID_B64)` generate a random UUID v4 BASE64 encoded string.
  • `$(UUID_STR_B64)` generate a random UUID v4 string then BASE64 encoded.
  • `$(UUID_HEX)` generate a random UUID v4 HEX representation.
  • `$(HEADLESS_SVC_FQDN)` headless service FQDN placeholder, value pattern is `$(CLUSTER_NAME)-$(1ST_COMP_NAME)-headless.$(NAMESPACE).svc`, where 1ST_COMP_NAME is the 1st component that provide `ClusterDefinition.spec.componentDefs[].service` attribute;
  • `$(SVC_FQDN)` service FQDN placeholder, value pattern is `$(CLUSTER_NAME)-$(1ST_COMP_NAME).$(NAMESPACE).svc`, where 1ST_COMP_NAME is the 1st component that provide `ClusterDefinition.spec.componentDefs[].service` attribute;
  • `$(SVC_PORT_{PORT-NAME})` is ServicePort’s port value with specified port name, i.e, a servicePort JSON struct: `{"name": "mysql", "targetPort": "mysqlContainerPort", "port": 3306}`, and `$(SVC_PORT_mysql)` in the connection credential value is 3306.

Deprecated since v0.9. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`topologies`
[]ClusterTopology
(Optional)

Topologies defines all possible topologies within the cluster.

`status`
ClusterDefinitionStatus

ClusterVersion

ClusterVersion is the Schema for the ClusterVersions API.

Deprecated: ClusterVersion has been replaced by ComponentVersion since v0.9. This struct is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged.

Field Description
`apiVersion`
string
`apps.kubeblocks.io/v1alpha1`
`kind`
string
`ClusterVersion`
`metadata`
Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the `metadata` field.
`spec`
ClusterVersionSpec


`clusterDefinitionRef`
string

Specifies a reference to the ClusterDefinition.

`componentVersions`
[]ClusterComponentVersion

Contains a list of versioning contexts for the components’ containers.

`status`
ClusterVersionStatus

Component

Component is a fundamental building block of a Cluster object. For example, a Redis Cluster can include Components like ‘redis’, ‘sentinel’, and potentially a proxy like ‘twemproxy’.

The Component object is responsible for managing the lifecycle of all replicas within a Cluster component, It supports a wide range of operations including provisioning, stopping, restarting, termination, upgrading, configuration changes, vertical and horizontal scaling, failover, switchover, cross-node migration, scheduling configuration, exposing Services, managing system accounts, enabling/disabling exporter, and configuring log collection.

Component is an internal sub-object derived from the user-submitted Cluster object. It is designed primarily to be used by the KubeBlocks controllers, users are discouraged from modifying Component objects directly and should use them only for monitoring Component statuses.

Field Description
`apiVersion`
string
`apps.kubeblocks.io/v1alpha1`
`kind`
string
`Component`
`metadata`
Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the `metadata` field.
`spec`
ComponentSpec


`compDef`
string

Specifies the name of the referenced ComponentDefinition.

`serviceVersion`
string
(Optional)

ServiceVersion specifies the version of the Service expected to be provisioned by this Component. The version should follow the syntax and semantics of the “Semantic Versioning” specification (http://semver.org/).

`classDefRef`
ClassDefRef
(Optional)

References the class defined in ComponentClassDefinition.

Deprecated since v0.9. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`serviceRefs`
[]ServiceRef
(Optional)

Defines a list of ServiceRef for a Component, enabling access to both external services and Services provided by other Clusters.

Types of services:

  • External services: Not managed by KubeBlocks or managed by a different KubeBlocks operator; Require a ServiceDescriptor for connection details.
  • Services provided by a Cluster: Managed by the same KubeBlocks operator; identified using Cluster, Component and Service names.

ServiceRefs with identical `serviceRef.name` in the same Cluster are considered the same.

Example:


serviceRefs:
  - name: "redis-sentinel"
    serviceDescriptor:
      name: "external-redis-sentinel"
  - name: "postgres-cluster"
    clusterServiceSelector:
      cluster: "my-postgres-cluster"
      service:
        component: "postgresql"

The example above includes ServiceRefs to an external Redis Sentinel service and a PostgreSQL Cluster.

`labels`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Specifies Labels to override or add for underlying Pods, PVCs, Account & TLS Secrets, Services Owned by Component.

`annotations`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Specifies Annotations to override or add for underlying Pods, PVCs, Account & TLS Secrets, Services Owned by Component.

`env`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.EnvVar
(Optional)

List of environment variables to add.

`resources`
Kubernetes core/v1.ResourceRequirements
(Optional)

Specifies the resources required by the Component. It allows defining the CPU, memory requirements and limits for the Component’s containers.

`volumeClaimTemplates`
[]ClusterComponentVolumeClaimTemplate
(Optional)

Specifies a list of PersistentVolumeClaim templates that define the storage requirements for the Component. Each template specifies the desired characteristics of a persistent volume, such as storage class, size, and access modes. These templates are used to dynamically provision persistent volumes for the Component.

`volumes`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.Volume
(Optional)

List of volumes to override.

`services`
[]ComponentService
(Optional)

Overrides Services defined in referenced ComponentDefinition and exposes endpoints that can be accessed by clients.

`systemAccounts`
[]ComponentSystemAccount
(Optional)

Overrides system accounts defined in the referenced `ComponentDefinition`.

`replicas`
int32

Specifies the desired number of replicas in the Component for enhancing availability and durability, or load balancing.

`configs`
[]ComponentConfigSpec
(Optional)

Reserved field for future use.

`enabledLogs`
[]string
(Optional)

Specifies which types of logs should be collected for the Cluster. The log types are defined in the `componentDefinition.spec.logConfigs` field with the LogConfig entries.

The elements in the `enabledLogs` array correspond to the names of the LogConfig entries. For example, if the `componentDefinition.spec.logConfigs` defines LogConfig entries with names “slow_query_log” and “error_log”, you can enable the collection of these logs by including their names in the `enabledLogs` array:


enabledLogs:
- slow_query_log
- error_log

`serviceAccountName`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the name of the ServiceAccount required by the running Component. This ServiceAccount is used to grant necessary permissions for the Component’s Pods to interact with other Kubernetes resources, such as modifying Pod labels or sending events.

Defaults: If not specified, KubeBlocks automatically assigns a default ServiceAccount named “kb-{cluster.name}”, bound to a default role defined during KubeBlocks installation.

Future Changes: Future versions might change the default ServiceAccount creation strategy to one per Component, potentially revising the naming to “kb-{cluster.name}-{component.name}”.

Users can override the automatic ServiceAccount assignment by explicitly setting the name of an existed ServiceAccount in this field.

`instanceUpdateStrategy`
InstanceUpdateStrategy
(Optional)

Indicates the InstanceUpdateStrategy that will be employed to update Pods in the InstanceSet when a revision is made to Template.

`parallelPodManagementConcurrency`
Kubernetes api utils intstr.IntOrString
(Optional)

Controls the concurrency of pods during initial scale up, when replacing pods on nodes, or when scaling down. It only used when `PodManagementPolicy` is set to `Parallel`. The default Concurrency is 100%.

`podUpdatePolicy`
PodUpdatePolicyType
(Optional)

PodUpdatePolicy indicates how pods should be updated

  • `StrictInPlace` indicates that only allows in-place upgrades. Any attempt to modify other fields will be rejected.
  • `PreferInPlace` indicates that we will first attempt an in-place upgrade of the Pod. If that fails, it will fall back to the ReCreate, where pod will be recreated.
  • `Recreate` indicates that recreate the Pod no matter what fields being updated. Default value is “PreferInPlace”
`affinity`
Affinity
(Optional)

Specifies a group of affinity scheduling rules for the Component. It allows users to control how the Component’s Pods are scheduled onto nodes in the Cluster.

`tolerations`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.Toleration
(Optional)

Allows Pods to be scheduled onto nodes with matching taints. Each toleration in the array allows the Pod to tolerate node taints based on specified `key`, `value`, `effect`, and `operator`.

  • The `key`, `value`, and `effect` identify the taint that the toleration matches.
  • The `operator` determines how the toleration matches the taint.

Pods with matching tolerations are allowed to be scheduled on tainted nodes, typically reserved for specific purposes.

`schedulingPolicy`
SchedulingPolicy
(Optional)

Specifies the scheduling policy for the component.

`tlsConfig`
TLSConfig
(Optional)

Specifies the TLS configuration for the Component, including:

  • A boolean flag that indicates whether the Component should use Transport Layer Security (TLS) for secure communication.
  • An optional field that specifies the configuration for the TLS certificates issuer when TLS is enabled. It allows defining the issuer name and the reference to the secret containing the TLS certificates and key. The secret should contain the CA certificate, TLS certificate, and private key in the specified keys.
`instances`
[]InstanceTemplate
(Optional)

Allows for the customization of configuration values for each instance within a Component. An Instance represent a single replica (Pod and associated K8s resources like PVCs, Services, and ConfigMaps). While instances typically share a common configuration as defined in the ClusterComponentSpec, they can require unique settings in various scenarios:

For example: - A database Component might require different resource allocations for primary and secondary instances, with primaries needing more resources. - During a rolling upgrade, a Component may first update the image for one or a few instances, and then update the remaining instances after verifying that the updated instances are functioning correctly.

InstanceTemplate allows for specifying these unique configurations per instance. Each instance’s name is constructed using the pattern: $(component.name)-$(template.name)-$(ordinal), starting with an ordinal of 0. It is crucial to maintain unique names for each InstanceTemplate to avoid conflicts.

The sum of replicas across all InstanceTemplates should not exceed the total number of Replicas specified for the Component. Any remaining replicas will be generated using the default template and will follow the default naming rules.

`offlineInstances`
[]string
(Optional)

Specifies the names of instances to be transitioned to offline status.

Marking an instance as offline results in the following:

  1. The associated Pod is stopped, and its PersistentVolumeClaim (PVC) is retained for potential future reuse or data recovery, but it is no longer actively used.
  2. The ordinal number assigned to this instance is preserved, ensuring it remains unique and avoiding conflicts with new instances.

Setting instances to offline allows for a controlled scale-in process, preserving their data and maintaining ordinal consistency within the Cluster. Note that offline instances and their associated resources, such as PVCs, are not automatically deleted. The administrator must manually manage the cleanup and removal of these resources when they are no longer needed.

`runtimeClassName`
string
(Optional)

Defines runtimeClassName for all Pods managed by this Component.

`disableExporter`
bool
(Optional)

Determines whether metrics exporter information is annotated on the Component’s headless Service.

If set to true, the following annotations will not be patched into the Service:

  • “monitor.kubeblocks.io/path”
  • “monitor.kubeblocks.io/port”
  • “monitor.kubeblocks.io/scheme”

These annotations allow the Prometheus installed by KubeBlocks to discover and scrape metrics from the exporter.

`stop`
bool
(Optional)

Stop the Component. If set, all the computing resources will be released.

`status`
ComponentStatus

ComponentClassDefinition

ComponentClassDefinition is the Schema for the componentclassdefinitions API

Field Description
`apiVersion`
string
`apps.kubeblocks.io/v1alpha1`
`kind`
string
`ComponentClassDefinition`
`metadata`
Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the `metadata` field.
`spec`
ComponentClassDefinitionSpec


`groups`
[]ComponentClassGroup
(Optional)

group defines a list of class series that conform to the same constraint.

`status`
ComponentClassDefinitionStatus

ComponentDefinition

ComponentDefinition serves as a reusable blueprint for creating Components, encapsulating essential static settings such as Component description, Pod templates, configuration file templates, scripts, parameter lists, injected environment variables and their sources, and event handlers. ComponentDefinition works in conjunction with dynamic settings from the ClusterComponentSpec, to instantiate Components during Cluster creation.

Key aspects that can be defined in a ComponentDefinition include:

  • PodSpec template: Specifies the PodSpec template used by the Component.
  • Configuration templates: Specify the configuration file templates required by the Component.
  • Scripts: Provide the necessary scripts for Component management and operations.
  • Storage volumes: Specify the storage volumes and their configurations for the Component.
  • Pod roles: Outlines various roles of Pods within the Component along with their capabilities.
  • Exposed Kubernetes Services: Specify the Services that need to be exposed by the Component.
  • System accounts: Define the system accounts required for the Component.
  • Monitoring and logging: Configure the exporter and logging settings for the Component.

ComponentDefinitions also enable defining reactive behaviors of the Component in response to events, such as member join/leave, Component addition/deletion, role changes, switch over, and more. This allows for automatic event handling, thus encapsulating complex behaviors within the Component.

Referencing a ComponentDefinition when creating individual Components ensures inheritance of predefined configurations, promoting reusability and consistency across different deployments and cluster topologies.

Field Description
`apiVersion`
string
`apps.kubeblocks.io/v1alpha1`
`kind`
string
`ComponentDefinition`
`metadata`
Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the `metadata` field.
`spec`
ComponentDefinitionSpec


`provider`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the name of the Component provider, typically the vendor or developer name. It identifies the entity responsible for creating and maintaining the Component.

When specifying the provider name, consider the following guidelines:

  • Keep the name concise and relevant to the Component.
  • Use a consistent naming convention across Components from the same provider.
  • Avoid using trademarked or copyrighted names without proper permission.
`description`
string
(Optional)

Provides a brief and concise explanation of the Component’s purpose, functionality, and any relevant details. It serves as a quick reference for users to understand the Component’s role and characteristics.

`serviceKind`
string
(Optional)

Defines the type of well-known service protocol that the Component provides. It specifies the standard or widely recognized protocol used by the Component to offer its Services.

The `serviceKind` field allows users to quickly identify the type of Service provided by the Component based on common protocols or service types. This information helps in understanding the compatibility, interoperability, and usage of the Component within a system.

Some examples of well-known service protocols include:

  • “MySQL”: Indicates that the Component provides a MySQL database service.
  • “PostgreSQL”: Indicates that the Component offers a PostgreSQL database service.
  • “Redis”: Signifies that the Component functions as a Redis key-value store.
  • “ETCD”: Denotes that the Component serves as an ETCD distributed key-value store.

The `serviceKind` value is case-insensitive, allowing for flexibility in specifying the protocol name.

When specifying the `serviceKind`, consider the following guidelines:

  • Use well-established and widely recognized protocol names or service types.
  • Ensure that the `serviceKind` accurately represents the primary service type offered by the Component.
  • If the Component provides multiple services, choose the most prominent or commonly used protocol.
  • Limit the `serviceKind` to a maximum of 32 characters for conciseness and readability.

Note: The `serviceKind` field is optional and can be left empty if the Component does not fit into a well-known service category or if the protocol is not widely recognized. It is primarily used to convey information about the Component’s service type to users and facilitate discovery and integration.

The `serviceKind` field is immutable and cannot be updated.

`serviceVersion`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the version of the Service provided by the Component. It follows the syntax and semantics of the “Semantic Versioning” specification (http://semver.org/).

The Semantic Versioning specification defines a version number format of X.Y.Z (MAJOR.MINOR.PATCH), where:

  • X represents the major version and indicates incompatible API changes.
  • Y represents the minor version and indicates added functionality in a backward-compatible manner.
  • Z represents the patch version and indicates backward-compatible bug fixes.

Additional labels for pre-release and build metadata are available as extensions to the X.Y.Z format:

  • Use pre-release labels (e.g., -alpha, -beta) for versions that are not yet stable or ready for production use.
  • Use build metadata (e.g., +build.1) for additional version information if needed.

Examples of valid ServiceVersion values:

  • “1.0.0”
  • “2.3.1”
  • “3.0.0-alpha.1”
  • “4.5.2+build.1”

The `serviceVersion` field is immutable and cannot be updated.

`runtime`
Kubernetes core/v1.PodSpec

Specifies the PodSpec template used in the Component. It includes the following elements:

  • Init containers
  • Containers
    • Image
    • Commands
    • Args
    • Envs
    • Mounts
    • Ports
    • Security context
    • Probes
    • Lifecycle
  • Volumes

This field is intended to define static settings that remain consistent across all instantiated Components. Dynamic settings such as CPU and memory resource limits, as well as scheduling settings (affinity, toleration, priority), may vary among different instantiated Components. They should be specified in the `cluster.spec.componentSpecs` (ClusterComponentSpec).

Specific instances of a Component may override settings defined here, such as using a different container image or modifying environment variable values. These instance-specific overrides can be specified in `cluster.spec.componentSpecs[*].instances`.

This field is immutable and cannot be updated once set.

`monitor`
MonitorConfig
(Optional)

Deprecated since v0.9 monitor is monitoring config which provided by provider.

`exporter`
Exporter
(Optional)

Defines the built-in metrics exporter container.

`vars`
[]EnvVar
(Optional)

Defines variables which are determined after Cluster instantiation and reflect dynamic or runtime attributes of instantiated Clusters. These variables serve as placeholders for setting environment variables in Pods and Actions, or for rendering configuration and script templates before actual values are finalized.

These variables are placed in front of the environment variables declared in the Pod if used as environment variables.

Variable values can be sourced from:

  • ConfigMap: Select and extract a value from a specific key within a ConfigMap.
  • Secret: Select and extract a value from a specific key within a Secret.
  • HostNetwork: Retrieves values (including ports) from host-network resources.
  • Service: Retrieves values (including address, port, NodePort) from a selected Service. Intended to obtain the address of a ComponentService within the same Cluster.
  • Credential: Retrieves account name and password from a SystemAccount variable.
  • ServiceRef: Retrieves address, port, account name and password from a selected ServiceRefDeclaration. Designed to obtain the address bound to a ServiceRef, such as a ClusterService or ComponentService of another cluster or an external service.
  • Component: Retrieves values from a selected Component, including replicas and instance name list.

This field is immutable.

`volumes`
[]ComponentVolume
(Optional)

Defines the volumes used by the Component and some static attributes of the volumes. After defining the volumes here, user can reference them in the `cluster.spec.componentSpecs[*].volumeClaimTemplates` field to configure dynamic properties such as volume capacity and storage class.

This field allows you to specify the following:

  • Snapshot behavior: Determines whether a snapshot of the volume should be taken when performing a snapshot backup of the Component.
  • Disk high watermark: Sets the high watermark for the volume’s disk usage. When the disk usage reaches the specified threshold, it triggers an alert or action.

By configuring these volume behaviors, you can control how the volumes are managed and monitored within the Component.

This field is immutable.

`hostNetwork`
HostNetwork
(Optional)

Specifies the host network configuration for the Component.

When `hostNetwork` option is enabled, the Pods share the host’s network namespace and can directly access the host’s network interfaces. This means that if multiple Pods need to use the same port, they cannot run on the same host simultaneously due to port conflicts.

The DNSPolicy field in the Pod spec determines how containers within the Pod perform DNS resolution. When using hostNetwork, the operator will set the DNSPolicy to ‘ClusterFirstWithHostNet’. With this policy, DNS queries will first go through the K8s cluster’s DNS service. If the query fails, it will fall back to the host’s DNS settings.

If set, the DNS policy will be automatically set to “ClusterFirstWithHostNet”.

This field is immutable.

`services`
[]ComponentService
(Optional)

Defines additional Services to expose the Component’s endpoints.

A default headless Service, named `{cluster.name}-{component.name}-headless`, is automatically created for internal Cluster communication.

This field enables customization of additional Services to expose the Component’s endpoints to other Components within the same or different Clusters, and to external applications. Each Service entry in this list can include properties such as ports, type, and selectors.

  • For intra-Cluster access, Components can reference Services using variables declared in `componentDefinition.spec.vars[*].valueFrom.serviceVarRef`.
  • For inter-Cluster access, reference Services use variables declared in `componentDefinition.spec.vars[*].valueFrom.serviceRefVarRef`, and bind Services at Cluster creation time with `clusterComponentSpec.ServiceRef[*].clusterServiceSelector`.

This field is immutable.

`configs`
[]ComponentConfigSpec
(Optional)

Specifies the configuration file templates and volume mount parameters used by the Component. It also includes descriptions of the parameters in the ConfigMaps, such as value range limitations.

This field specifies a list of templates that will be rendered into Component containers’ configuration files. Each template is represented as a ConfigMap and may contain multiple configuration files, with each file being a key in the ConfigMap.

The rendered configuration files will be mounted into the Component’s containers according to the specified volume mount parameters.

This field is immutable.

`logConfigs`
[]LogConfig
(Optional)

Defines the types of logs generated by instances of the Component and their corresponding file paths. These logs can be collected for further analysis and monitoring.

The `logConfigs` field is an optional list of LogConfig objects, where each object represents a specific log type and its configuration. It allows you to specify multiple log types and their respective file paths for the Component.

Examples:


 logConfigs:
 - filePathPattern: /data/mysql/log/mysqld-error.log
   name: error
 - filePathPattern: /data/mysql/log/mysqld.log
   name: general
 - filePathPattern: /data/mysql/log/mysqld-slowquery.log
   name: slow

This field is immutable.

`scripts`
[]ComponentTemplateSpec
(Optional)

Specifies groups of scripts, each provided via a ConfigMap, to be mounted as volumes in the container. These scripts can be executed during container startup or via specific actions.

Each script group is encapsulated in a ComponentTemplateSpec that includes:

  • The ConfigMap containing the scripts.
  • The mount point where the scripts will be mounted inside the container.

This field is immutable.

`policyRules`
[]Kubernetes rbac/v1.PolicyRule
(Optional)

Defines the namespaced policy rules required by the Component.

The `policyRules` field is an array of `rbacv1.PolicyRule` objects that define the policy rules needed by the Component to operate within a namespace. These policy rules determine the permissions and verbs the Component is allowed to perform on Kubernetes resources within the namespace.

The purpose of this field is to automatically generate the necessary RBAC roles for the Component based on the specified policy rules. This ensures that the Pods in the Component has appropriate permissions to function.

Note: This field is currently non-functional and is reserved for future implementation.

This field is immutable.

`labels`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Specifies static labels that will be patched to all Kubernetes resources created for the Component.

Note: If a label key in the `labels` field conflicts with any system labels or user-specified labels, it will be silently ignored to avoid overriding higher-priority labels.

This field is immutable.

`annotations`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Specifies static annotations that will be patched to all Kubernetes resources created for the Component.

Note: If an annotation key in the `annotations` field conflicts with any system annotations or user-specified annotations, it will be silently ignored to avoid overriding higher-priority annotations.

This field is immutable.

`replicasLimit`
ReplicasLimit
(Optional)

Defines the upper limit of the number of replicas supported by the Component.

It defines the maximum number of replicas that can be created for the Component. This field allows you to set a limit on the scalability of the Component, preventing it from exceeding a certain number of replicas.

This field is immutable.

`systemAccounts`
[]SystemAccount
(Optional)

An array of `SystemAccount` objects that define the system accounts needed for the management operations of the Component.

Each `SystemAccount` includes:

  • Account name.
  • The SQL statement template: Used to create the system account.
  • Password Source: Either generated based on certain rules or retrieved from a Secret.

Use cases for system accounts typically involve tasks like system initialization, backups, monitoring, health checks, replication, and other system-level operations.

System accounts are distinct from user accounts, although both are database accounts.

  • System Accounts: Created during Cluster setup by the KubeBlocks operator, these accounts have higher privileges for system management and are fully managed through a declarative API by the operator.
  • User Accounts: Managed by users or administrator. User account permissions should follow the principle of least privilege, granting only the necessary access rights to complete their required tasks.

This field is immutable.

`updateStrategy`
UpdateStrategy
(Optional)

Specifies the concurrency strategy for updating multiple instances of the Component. Available strategies:

  • `Serial`: Updates replicas one at a time, ensuring minimal downtime by waiting for each replica to become ready before updating the next.
  • `Parallel`: Updates all replicas simultaneously, optimizing for speed but potentially reducing availability during the update.
  • `BestEffortParallel`: Updates replicas concurrently with a limit on simultaneous updates to ensure a minimum number of operational replicas for maintaining quorum. For example, in a 5-replica component, updating a maximum of 2 replicas simultaneously keeps at least 3 operational for quorum.

This field is immutable and defaults to ‘Serial’.

`podManagementPolicy`
Kubernetes apps/v1.PodManagementPolicyType
(Optional)

InstanceSet controls the creation of pods during initial scale up, replacement of pods on nodes, and scaling down.

  • `OrderedReady`: Creates pods in increasing order (pod-0, then pod-1, etc). The controller waits until each pod is ready before continuing. Pods are removed in reverse order when scaling down.
  • `Parallel`: Creates pods in parallel to match the desired scale without waiting. All pods are deleted at once when scaling down.
`roles`
[]ReplicaRole
(Optional)

Enumerate all possible roles assigned to each replica of the Component, influencing its behavior.

A replica can have zero to multiple roles. KubeBlocks operator determines the roles of each replica by invoking the `lifecycleActions.roleProbe` method. This action returns a list of roles for each replica, and the returned roles must be predefined in the `roles` field.

The roles assigned to a replica can influence various aspects of the Component’s behavior, such as:

  • Service selection: The Component’s exposed Services may target replicas based on their roles using `roleSelector`.
  • Update order: The roles can determine the order in which replicas are updated during a Component update. For instance, replicas with a “follower” role can be updated first, while the replica with the “leader” role is updated last. This helps minimize the number of leader changes during the update process.

This field is immutable.

`roleArbitrator`
RoleArbitrator
(Optional)

This field has been deprecated since v0.9. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

This field is immutable.

`lifecycleActions`
ComponentLifecycleActions
(Optional)

Defines a set of hooks and procedures that customize the behavior of a Component throughout its lifecycle. Actions are triggered at specific lifecycle stages:

  • `postProvision`: Defines the hook to be executed after the creation of a Component, with `preCondition` specifying when the action should be fired relative to the Component’s lifecycle stages: `Immediately`, `RuntimeReady`, `ComponentReady`, and `ClusterReady`.
  • `preTerminate`: Defines the hook to be executed before terminating a Component.
  • `roleProbe`: Defines the procedure which is invoked regularly to assess the role of replicas.
  • `switchover`: Defines the procedure for a controlled transition of leadership from the current leader to a new replica. This approach aims to minimize downtime and maintain availability in systems with a leader-follower topology, such as before planned maintenance or upgrades on the current leader node.
  • `memberJoin`: Defines the procedure to add a new replica to the replication group.
  • `memberLeave`: Defines the method to remove a replica from the replication group.
  • `readOnly`: Defines the procedure to switch a replica into the read-only state.
  • `readWrite`: transition a replica from the read-only state back to the read-write state.
  • `dataDump`: Defines the procedure to export the data from a replica.
  • `dataLoad`: Defines the procedure to import data into a replica.
  • `reconfigure`: Defines the procedure that update a replica with new configuration file.
  • `accountProvision`: Defines the procedure to generate a new database account.

This field is immutable.

`serviceRefDeclarations`
[]ServiceRefDeclaration
(Optional)

Lists external service dependencies of the Component, including services from other Clusters or outside the K8s environment.

This field is immutable.

`minReadySeconds`
int32
(Optional)

`minReadySeconds` is the minimum duration in seconds that a new Pod should remain in the ready state without any of its containers crashing to be considered available. This ensures the Pod’s stability and readiness to serve requests.

A default value of 0 seconds means the Pod is considered available as soon as it enters the ready state.

`status`
ComponentDefinitionStatus

ComponentResourceConstraint

ComponentResourceConstraint is the Schema for the componentresourceconstraints API

Field Description
`apiVersion`
string
`apps.kubeblocks.io/v1alpha1`
`kind`
string
`ComponentResourceConstraint`
`metadata`
Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the `metadata` field.
`spec`
ComponentResourceConstraintSpec


`rules`
[]ResourceConstraintRule

Component resource constraint rules.

`selector`
[]ClusterResourceConstraintSelector
(Optional)

selector is used to bind the resource constraint to cluster definitions based on ClusterDefinition API.

`componentSelector`
[]ComponentResourceConstraintSelector
(Optional)

componentSelector is used to bind the resource constraint to components based on ComponentDefinition API.

ComponentVersion

ComponentVersion is the Schema for the componentversions API

Field Description
`apiVersion`
string
`apps.kubeblocks.io/v1alpha1`
`kind`
string
`ComponentVersion`
`metadata`
Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the `metadata` field.
`spec`
ComponentVersionSpec


`compatibilityRules`
[]ComponentVersionCompatibilityRule

CompatibilityRules defines compatibility rules between sets of component definitions and releases.

`releases`
[]ComponentVersionRelease

Releases represents different releases of component instances within this ComponentVersion.

`status`
ComponentVersionStatus

ConfigConstraint

ConfigConstraint manages the parameters across multiple configuration files contained in a single configure template. These configuration files should have the same format (e.g. ini, xml, properties, json).

It provides the following functionalities:

  1. Parameter Value Validation: Validates and ensures compliance of parameter values with defined constraints.
  2. Dynamic Reload on Modification: Monitors parameter changes and triggers dynamic reloads to apply updates.
  3. Parameter Rendering in Templates: Injects parameters into templates to generate up-to-date configuration files.
Field Description
`apiVersion`
string
`apps.kubeblocks.io/v1alpha1`
`kind`
string
`ConfigConstraint`
`metadata`
Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the `metadata` field.
`spec`
ConfigConstraintSpec


`reloadOptions`
ReloadOptions
(Optional)

Specifies the dynamic reload action supported by the engine. When set, the controller executes the method defined here to execute hot parameter updates.

Dynamic reloading is triggered only if both of the following conditions are met:

  1. The modified parameters are listed in the `dynamicParameters` field. If `reloadStaticParamsBeforeRestart` is set to true, modifications to `staticParameters` can also trigger a reload.
  2. `reloadOptions` is set.

If `reloadOptions` is not set or the modified parameters are not listed in `dynamicParameters`, dynamic reloading will not be triggered.

Example:


reloadOptions:
 tplScriptTrigger:
   namespace: kb-system
   scriptConfigMapRef: mysql-reload-script
   sync: true

`dynamicActionCanBeMerged`
bool
(Optional)

Indicates whether to consolidate dynamic reload and restart actions into a single restart.

  • If true, updates requiring both actions will result in only a restart, merging the actions.
  • If false, updates will trigger both actions executed sequentially: first dynamic reload, then restart.

This flag allows for more efficient handling of configuration changes by potentially eliminating an unnecessary reload step.

`reloadStaticParamsBeforeRestart`
bool
(Optional)

Configures whether the dynamic reload specified in `reloadOptions` applies only to dynamic parameters or to all parameters (including static parameters).

  • false (default): Only modifications to the dynamic parameters listed in `dynamicParameters` will trigger a dynamic reload.
  • true: Modifications to both dynamic parameters listed in `dynamicParameters` and static parameters listed in `staticParameters` will trigger a dynamic reload. The “true” option is for certain engines that require static parameters to be set via SQL statements before they can take effect on restart.
`toolsImageSpec`
ToolsSetup
(Optional)

Specifies the tools container image used by ShellTrigger for dynamic reload. If the dynamic reload action is triggered by a ShellTrigger, this field is required. This image must contain all necessary tools for executing the ShellTrigger scripts.

Usually the specified image is referenced by the init container, which is then responsible for copy the tools from the image to a bin volume. This ensures that the tools are available to the ‘config-manager’ sidecar.

`downwardAPIOptions`
[]DownwardAPIChangeTriggeredAction
(Optional)

Specifies a list of actions to execute specified commands based on Pod labels.

It utilizes the K8s Downward API to mount label information as a volume into the pod. The ‘config-manager’ sidecar container watches for changes in the role label and dynamically invoke registered commands (usually execute some SQL statements) when a change is detected.

It is designed for scenarios where:

  • Replicas with different roles have different configurations, such as Redis primary & secondary replicas.
  • After a role switch (e.g., from secondary to primary), some changes in configuration are needed to reflect the new role.
`scriptConfigs`
[]ScriptConfig
(Optional)

A list of ScriptConfig Object.

Each ScriptConfig object specifies a ConfigMap that contains script files that should be mounted inside the pod. The scripts are mounted as volumes and can be referenced and executed by the dynamic reload and DownwardAction to perform specific tasks or configurations.

`cfgSchemaTopLevelName`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the top-level key in the ‘configurationSchema.cue’ that organizes the validation rules for parameters. This key must exist within the CUE script defined in ‘configurationSchema.cue’.

`configurationSchema`
CustomParametersValidation
(Optional)

Defines a list of parameters including their names, default values, descriptions, types, and constraints (permissible values or the range of valid values).

`staticParameters`
[]string
(Optional)

List static parameters. Modifications to any of these parameters require a restart of the process to take effect.

`dynamicParameters`
[]string
(Optional)

List dynamic parameters. Modifications to these parameters trigger a configuration reload without requiring a process restart.

`immutableParameters`
[]string
(Optional)

Lists the parameters that cannot be modified once set. Attempting to change any of these parameters will be ignored.

`selector`
Kubernetes meta/v1.LabelSelector
(Optional)

Used to match labels on the pod to determine whether a dynamic reload should be performed.

In some scenarios, only specific pods (e.g., primary replicas) need to undergo a dynamic reload. The `selector` allows you to specify label selectors to target the desired pods for the reload process.

If the `selector` is not specified or is nil, all pods managed by the workload will be considered for the dynamic reload.

`formatterConfig`
FileFormatConfig

Specifies the format of the configuration file and any associated parameters that are specific to the chosen format. Supported formats include `ini`, `xml`, `yaml`, `json`, `hcl`, `dotenv`, `properties`, and `toml`.

Each format may have its own set of parameters that can be configured. For instance, when using the `ini` format, you can specify the section name.

Example:


formatterConfig:
 format: ini
 iniConfig:
   sectionName: mysqld

`status`
ConfigConstraintStatus

Configuration

Configuration represents the complete set of configurations for a specific Component of a Cluster. This includes templates for each configuration file, their corresponding ConfigConstraints, volume mounts, and other relevant details.

Field Description
`apiVersion`
string
`apps.kubeblocks.io/v1alpha1`
`kind`
string
`Configuration`
`metadata`
Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the `metadata` field.
`spec`
ConfigurationSpec


`clusterRef`
string

Specifies the name of the Cluster that this configuration is associated with.

`componentName`
string

Represents the name of the Component that this configuration pertains to.

`configItemDetails`
[]ConfigurationItemDetail
(Optional)

ConfigItemDetails is an array of ConfigurationItemDetail objects.

Each ConfigurationItemDetail corresponds to a configuration template, which is a ConfigMap that contains multiple configuration files. Each configuration file is stored as a key-value pair within the ConfigMap.

The ConfigurationItemDetail includes information such as:

  • The configuration template (a ConfigMap)
  • The corresponding ConfigConstraint (constraints and validation rules for the configuration)
  • Volume mounts (for mounting the configuration files)
`status`
ConfigurationStatus

OpsDefinition

OpsDefinition is the Schema for the OpsDefinitions API.

Field Description
`apiVersion`
string
`apps.kubeblocks.io/v1alpha1`
`kind`
string
`OpsDefinition`
`metadata`
Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the `metadata` field.
`spec`
OpsDefinitionSpec


`preConditions`
[]PreCondition
(Optional)

Specifies the preconditions that must be met to run the actions for the operation. if set, it will check the condition before the Component runs this operation. Example:


 preConditions:
 - rule:
     expression: '{{ eq .component.status.phase "Running" }}'
     message: Component is not in Running status.

`podInfoExtractors`
[]PodInfoExtractor
(Optional)

Specifies a list of PodInfoExtractor, each designed to select a specific Pod and extract selected runtime info from its PodSpec. The extracted information, such as environment variables, volumes and tolerations, are then injected into Jobs or Pods that execute the OpsActions defined in `actions`.

`componentInfos`
[]ComponentInfo
(Optional)

Specifies a list of ComponentDefinition for Components associated with this OpsDefinition. It also includes connection credentials (address and account) for each Component.

`parametersSchema`
ParametersSchema
(Optional)

Specifies the schema for validating the data types and value ranges of parameters in OpsActions before their usage.

`actions`
[]OpsAction

Specifies a list of OpsAction where each customized action is executed sequentially.

`status`
OpsDefinitionStatus

OpsRequest

OpsRequest is the Schema for the opsrequests API

Field Description
`apiVersion`
string
`apps.kubeblocks.io/v1alpha1`
`kind`
string
`OpsRequest`
`metadata`
Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the `metadata` field.
`spec`
OpsRequestSpec


`clusterName`
string

Specifies the name of the Cluster resource that this operation is targeting.

`clusterRef`
string

Deprecated: since v0.9, use clusterName instead. Specifies the name of the Cluster resource that this operation is targeting.

`cancel`
bool
(Optional)

Indicates whether the current operation should be canceled and terminated gracefully if it’s in the “Pending”, “Creating”, or “Running” state.

This field applies only to “VerticalScaling” and “HorizontalScaling” opsRequests.

Note: Setting `cancel` to true is irreversible; further modifications to this field are ineffective.

`force`
bool
(Optional)

Instructs the system to bypass pre-checks (including cluster state checks and customized pre-conditions hooks) and immediately execute the opsRequest, except for the opsRequest of ‘Start’ type, which will still undergo pre-checks even if `force` is true.

This is useful for concurrent execution of ‘VerticalScaling’ and ‘HorizontalScaling’ opsRequests. By setting `force` to true, you can bypass the default checks and demand these opsRequests to run simultaneously.

Note: Once set, the `force` field is immutable and cannot be updated.

`enqueueOnForce`
bool
(Optional)

Indicates whether opsRequest should continue to queue when ‘force’ is set to true.

`type`
OpsType

Specifies the type of this operation. Supported types include “Start”, “Stop”, “Restart”, “Switchover”, “VerticalScaling”, “HorizontalScaling”, “VolumeExpansion”, “Reconfiguring”, “Upgrade”, “Backup”, “Restore”, “Expose”, “DataScript”, “RebuildInstance”, “Custom”.

Note: This field is immutable once set.

`ttlSecondsAfterSucceed`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the duration in seconds that an OpsRequest will remain in the system after successfully completing (when `opsRequest.status.phase` is “Succeed”) before automatic deletion.

`ttlSecondsAfterUnsuccessfulCompletion`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the duration in seconds that an OpsRequest will remain in the system after completion for any phase other than “Succeed” (e.g., “Failed”, “Cancelled”, “Aborted”) before automatic deletion.

`preConditionDeadlineSeconds`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the maximum time in seconds that the OpsRequest will wait for its pre-conditions to be met before it aborts the operation. If set to 0 (default), pre-conditions must be satisfied immediately for the OpsRequest to proceed.

`timeoutSeconds`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) that an opsRequest is allowed to run. If the opsRequest runs longer than this duration, its phase will be marked as Aborted. If this value is not set or set to 0, the timeout will be ignored and the opsRequest will run indefinitely.

`SpecificOpsRequest`
SpecificOpsRequest

(Members of `SpecificOpsRequest` are embedded into this type.)

Exactly one of its members must be set.

`status`
OpsRequestStatus

ServiceDescriptor

ServiceDescriptor describes a service provided by external sources. It contains the necessary details such as the service’s address and connection credentials. To enable a Cluster to access this service, the ServiceDescriptor’s name should be specified in the Cluster configuration under `clusterComponent.serviceRefs[*].serviceDescriptor`.

Field Description
`apiVersion`
string
`apps.kubeblocks.io/v1alpha1`
`kind`
string
`ServiceDescriptor`
`metadata`
Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the `metadata` field.
`spec`
ServiceDescriptorSpec


`serviceKind`
string

Describes the type of database service provided by the external service. For example, “mysql”, “redis”, “mongodb”. This field categorizes databases by their functionality, protocol and compatibility, facilitating appropriate service integration based on their unique capabilities.

This field is case-insensitive.

It also supports abbreviations for some well-known databases: - “pg”, “pgsql”, “postgres”, “postgresql”: PostgreSQL service - “zk”, “zookeeper”: ZooKeeper service - “es”, “elasticsearch”: Elasticsearch service - “mongo”, “mongodb”: MongoDB service - “ch”, “clickhouse”: ClickHouse service

`serviceVersion`
string

Describes the version of the service provided by the external service. This is crucial for ensuring compatibility between different components of the system, as different versions of a service may have varying features.

`endpoint`
CredentialVar
(Optional)

Specifies the endpoint of the external service.

If the service is exposed via a cluster, the endpoint will be provided in the format of `host:port`.

`host`
CredentialVar
(Optional)

Specifies the service or IP address of the external service.

`port`
CredentialVar
(Optional)

Specifies the port of the external service.

`auth`
ConnectionCredentialAuth
(Optional)

Specifies the authentication credentials required for accessing an external service.

`status`
ServiceDescriptorStatus

AccessMode (`string` alias)

(Appears on:ConsensusMember)

AccessMode defines the modes of access granted to the SVC. The modes can be `None`, `Readonly`, or `ReadWrite`.

Value Description

"None"

None implies no access.

"ReadWrite"

ReadWrite permits both read and write operations.

"Readonly"

Readonly allows only read operations.

AccountName (`string` alias)

(Appears on:SystemAccountConfig)

AccountName defines system account names.

Value Description

"kbadmin"

"kbdataprotection"

"kbmonitoring"

"kbprobe"

"kbreplicator"

Action

(Appears on:ComponentSwitchover, LifecycleActionHandler)

Action defines a customizable hook or procedure tailored for different database engines, designed to be invoked at predetermined points within the lifecycle of a Component instance. It provides a modular and extensible way to customize a Component’s behavior through the execution of defined actions.

Available Action triggers include:

  • `postProvision`: Defines the hook to be executed after the creation of a Component, with `preCondition` specifying when the action should be fired relative to the Component’s lifecycle stages: `Immediately`, `RuntimeReady`, `ComponentReady`, and `ClusterReady`.
  • `preTerminate`: Defines the hook to be executed before terminating a Component.
  • `roleProbe`: Defines the procedure which is invoked regularly to assess the role of replicas.
  • `switchover`: Defines the procedure for a controlled transition of leadership from the current leader to a new replica. This approach aims to minimize downtime and maintain availability in systems with a leader-follower topology, such as during planned maintenance or upgrades on the current leader node.
  • `memberJoin`: Defines the procedure to add a new replica to the replication group.
  • `memberLeave`: Defines the method to remove a replica from the replication group.
  • `readOnly`: Defines the procedure to switch a replica into the read-only state.
  • `readWrite`: Defines the procedure to transition a replica from the read-only state back to the read-write state.
  • `dataDump`: Defines the procedure to export the data from a replica.
  • `dataLoad`: Defines the procedure to import data into a replica.
  • `reconfigure`: Defines the procedure that update a replica with new configuration.
  • `accountProvision`: Defines the procedure to generate a new database account.

Actions can be executed in different ways:

  • ExecAction: Executes a command inside a container. which may run as a K8s job or be executed inside the Lorry sidecar container, depending on the implementation. Future implementations will standardize execution within Lorry. A set of predefined environment variables are available and can be leveraged within the `exec.command` to access context information such as details about pods, components, the overall cluster state, or database connection credentials. These variables provide a dynamic and context-aware mechanism for script execution.
  • HTTPAction: Performs an HTTP request. HTTPAction is to be implemented in future version.
  • GRPCAction: In future version, Actions will support initiating gRPC calls. This allows developers to implement Actions using plugins written in programming language like Go, providing greater flexibility and extensibility.

An action is considered successful on returning 0, or HTTP 200 for status HTTP(s) Actions. Any other return value or HTTP status codes indicate failure, and the action may be retried based on the configured retry policy.

  • If an action exceeds the specified timeout duration, it will be terminated, and the action is considered failed.
  • If an action produces any data as output, it should be written to stdout, or included in the HTTP response payload for HTTP(s) actions.
  • If an action encounters any errors, error messages should be written to stderr, or detailed in the HTTP response with the appropriate non-200 status code.
Field Description
`image`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the container image to be used for running the Action.

When specified, a dedicated container will be created using this image to execute the Action. This field is mutually exclusive with the `container` field; only one of them should be provided.

This field cannot be updated.

`exec`
ExecAction
(Optional)

Defines the command to run.

This field cannot be updated.

`http`
HTTPAction
(Optional)

Specifies the HTTP request to perform.

This field cannot be updated.

Note: HTTPAction is to be implemented in future version.

`env`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.EnvVar
(Optional)

Represents a list of environment variables that will be injected into the container. These variables enable the container to adapt its behavior based on the environment it’s running in.

This field cannot be updated.

`targetPodSelector`
TargetPodSelector
(Optional)

Defines the criteria used to select the target Pod(s) for executing the Action. This is useful when there is no default target replica identified. It allows for precise control over which Pod(s) the Action should run in.

This field cannot be updated.

Note: This field is reserved for future use and is not currently active.

`matchingKey`
string
(Optional)

Used in conjunction with the `targetPodSelector` field to refine the selection of target pod(s) for Action execution. The impact of this field depends on the `targetPodSelector` value:

  • When `targetPodSelector` is set to `Any` or `All`, this field will be ignored.
  • When `targetPodSelector` is set to `Role`, only those replicas whose role matches the `matchingKey` will be selected for the Action.

This field cannot be updated.

Note: This field is reserved for future use and is not currently active.

`container`
string
(Optional)

Defines the name of the container within the target Pod where the action will be executed.

This name must correspond to one of the containers defined in `componentDefinition.spec.runtime`. If this field is not specified, the default behavior is to use the first container listed in `componentDefinition.spec.runtime`.

This field cannot be updated.

Note: This field is reserved for future use and is not currently active.

`timeoutSeconds`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the maximum duration in seconds that the Action is allowed to run.

If the Action does not complete within this time frame, it will be terminated.

This field cannot be updated.

`retryPolicy`
RetryPolicy
(Optional)

Defines the strategy to be taken when retrying the Action after a failure.

It specifies the conditions under which the Action should be retried and the limits to apply, such as the maximum number of retries and backoff strategy.

This field cannot be updated.

`preCondition`
PreConditionType
(Optional)

Specifies the state that the cluster must reach before the Action is executed. Currently, this is only applicable to the `postProvision` action.

The conditions are as follows:

  • `Immediately`: Executed right after the Component object is created. The readiness of the Component and its resources is not guaranteed at this stage.
  • `RuntimeReady`: The Action is triggered after the Component object has been created and all associated runtime resources (e.g. Pods) are in a ready state.
  • `ComponentReady`: The Action is triggered after the Component itself is in a ready state. This process does not affect the readiness state of the Component or the Cluster.
  • `ClusterReady`: The Action is executed after the Cluster is in a ready state. This execution does not alter the Component or the Cluster’s state of readiness.

This field cannot be updated.

ActionTask

(Appears on:ProgressStatusDetail)

Field Description
`objectKey`
string

Represents the name of the task.

`namespace`
string

Represents the namespace where the task is deployed.

`status`
ActionTaskStatus

Indicates the current status of the task, including “Processing”, “Failed”, “Succeed”.

`targetPodName`
string
(Optional)

The name of the Pod that the task is associated with or operates on.

`retries`
int32
(Optional)

The count of retry attempts made for this task.

ActionTaskStatus (`string` alias)

(Appears on:ActionTask)

ActionTaskStatus defines the status of the task.

Value Description

"Failed"

"Processing"

"Succeed"

Affinity

(Appears on:ClusterComponentSpec, ClusterSpec, ComponentSpec)

Field Description
`podAntiAffinity`
PodAntiAffinity
(Optional)

Specifies the anti-affinity level of Pods within a Component. It determines how pods should be spread across nodes to improve availability and performance. It can have the following values: `Preferred` and `Required`. The default value is `Preferred`.

`topologyKeys`
[]string
(Optional)

Represents the key of node labels used to define the topology domain for Pod anti-affinity and Pod spread constraints.

In K8s, a topology domain is a set of nodes that have the same value for a specific label key. Nodes with labels containing any of the specified TopologyKeys and identical values are considered to be in the same topology domain.

Note: The concept of topology in the context of K8s TopologyKeys is different from the concept of topology in the ClusterDefinition.

When a Pod has anti-affinity or spread constraints specified, Kubernetes will attempt to schedule the Pod on nodes with different values for the specified TopologyKeys. This ensures that Pods are spread across different topology domains, promoting high availability and reducing the impact of node failures.

Some well-known label keys, such as `kubernetes.io/hostname` and `topology.kubernetes.io/zone`, are often used as TopologyKey. These keys represent the hostname and zone of a node, respectively. By including these keys in the TopologyKeys list, Pods will be spread across nodes with different hostnames or zones.

In addition to the well-known keys, users can also specify custom label keys as TopologyKeys. This allows for more flexible and custom topology definitions based on the specific needs of the application or environment.

The TopologyKeys field is a slice of strings, where each string represents a label key. The order of the keys in the slice does not matter.

`nodeLabels`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Indicates the node labels that must be present on nodes for pods to be scheduled on them. It is a map where the keys are the label keys and the values are the corresponding label values. Pods will only be scheduled on nodes that have all the specified labels with the corresponding values.

For example, if NodeLabels is set to {“nodeType”: “ssd”, “environment”: “production”}, pods will only be scheduled on nodes that have both the “nodeType” label with value “ssd” and the “environment” label with value “production”.

This field allows users to control Pod placement based on specific node labels. It can be used to ensure that Pods are scheduled on nodes with certain characteristics, such as specific hardware (e.g., SSD), environment (e.g., production, staging), or any other custom labels assigned to nodes.

`tenancy`
TenancyType
(Optional)

Determines the level of resource isolation between Pods. It can have the following values: `SharedNode` and `DedicatedNode`.

  • SharedNode: Allow that multiple Pods may share the same node, which is the default behavior of K8s.
  • DedicatedNode: Each Pod runs on a dedicated node, ensuring that no two Pods share the same node. In other words, if a Pod is already running on a node, no other Pods will be scheduled on that node. Which provides a higher level of isolation and resource guarantee for Pods.

The default value is `SharedNode`.

AvailabilityPolicyType (`string` alias)

(Appears on:ClusterSpec)

AvailabilityPolicyType defines the type of availability policy to be applied for cluster affinity, influencing how resources are distributed across zones or nodes for high availability and resilience.

Value Description

"node"

AvailabilityPolicyNode specifies that resources should be distributed across different nodes within the same zone. This policy aims to provide resilience against node failures, ensuring that the failure of a single node does not impact the overall service availability.

"none"

AvailabilityPolicyNone specifies that no specific availability policy is applied. Resources may not be explicitly distributed for high availability, potentially concentrating them in a single zone or node based on other scheduling decisions.

"zone"

AvailabilityPolicyZone specifies that resources should be distributed across different availability zones. This policy aims to ensure high availability and protect against zone failures, spreading the resources to reduce the risk of simultaneous downtime.

Backup

(Appears on:SpecificOpsRequest)

Field Description
`backupName`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the name of the Backup custom resource.

`backupPolicyName`
string
(Optional)

Indicates the name of the BackupPolicy applied to perform this Backup.

`backupMethod`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the name of BackupMethod. The specified BackupMethod must be defined in the BackupPolicy.

`deletionPolicy`
string
(Optional)

Determines whether the backup contents stored in backup repository should be deleted when the Backup custom resource is deleted. Supported values are `Retain` and `Delete`. - `Retain` means that the backup content and its physical snapshot on backup repository are kept. - `Delete` means that the backup content and its physical snapshot on backup repository are deleted.

`retentionPeriod`
string
(Optional)

Determines the duration for which the Backup custom resources should be retained.

The controller will automatically remove all Backup objects that are older than the specified RetentionPeriod. For example, RetentionPeriod of `30d` will keep only the Backup objects of last 30 days. Sample duration format:

  • years: 2y
  • months: 6mo
  • days: 30d
  • hours: 12h
  • minutes: 30m

You can also combine the above durations. For example: 30d12h30m. If not set, the Backup objects will be kept forever.

If the `deletionPolicy` is set to ‘Delete’, then the associated backup data will also be deleted along with the Backup object. Otherwise, only the Backup custom resource will be deleted.

`parentBackupName`
string
(Optional)

If the specified BackupMethod is incremental, `parentBackupName` is required.

BackupMethod

(Appears on:BackupPolicy)

Field Description
`BackupMethod`
github.com/apecloud/kubeblocks/apis/dataprotection/v1alpha1.BackupMethod

(Members of `BackupMethod` are embedded into this type.)

Specifies the name of dataprotection.BackupMethod.

`target`
TargetInstance
(Optional)

If set, specifies the method for selecting the replica to be backed up using the criteria defined here. If this field is not set, the selection method specified in `backupPolicy.target` is used.

This field provides a way to override the global `backupPolicy.target` setting for specific BackupMethod.

`envMapping`
[]EnvMappingVar
(Optional)

Specifies a mapping of an environment variable key to the appropriate version of the tool image required for backups, as determined by ClusterVersion and ComponentDefinition. The environment variable is then injected into the container executing the backup task.

BackupPolicy

(Appears on:BackupPolicyTemplateSpec)

BackupPolicy is the template corresponding to a specified ComponentDefinition or to a group of ComponentDefinitions that are different versions of definitions of the same component.

Field Description
`componentDefRef`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the name of ClusterComponentDefinition defined in the ClusterDefinition. Must comply with the IANA Service Naming rule.

Deprecated since v0.9, should use `componentDefs` instead. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`componentDefs`
[]string
(Optional)

Specifies the name of the ComponentDefinition. Each name in the list can represent an exact name, a name prefix, or a regular expression pattern.

For example:

  • “mysql-8.0.30-v1alpha1”: Matches the exact name “mysql-8.0.30-v1alpha1”
  • “mysql-8.0.30”: Matches all names starting with “mysql-8.0.30”
  • ”^mysql-8.0.\d{1,2}$“: Matches all names starting with “mysql-8.0.” followed by one or two digits.
`target`
TargetInstance
(Optional)

Defines the selection criteria of instance to be backed up, and the connection credential to be used during the backup process.

`schedules`
[]SchedulePolicy
(Optional)

Defines the execution plans for backup tasks, specifying when and how backups should occur, and the retention period of backup files.

`backupMethods`
[]BackupMethod

Defines an array of BackupMethods to be used.

`backoffLimit`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the maximum number of retry attempts for a backup before it is considered a failure.

BackupPolicyTemplate

BackupPolicyTemplate should be provided by addon developers and is linked to a ClusterDefinition and its associated ComponentDefinitions. It is responsible for generating BackupPolicies for Components that require backup operations, also determining the suitable backup methods and strategies. This template is automatically selected based on the specified ClusterDefinition and ComponentDefinitions when a Cluster is created.

Field Description
`metadata`
Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta

The metadata for the BackupPolicyTemplate object, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations.

Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the `metadata` field.
`spec`
BackupPolicyTemplateSpec

Defines the desired state of the BackupPolicyTemplate.



`clusterDefinitionRef`
string

Specifies the name of a ClusterDefinition. This is an immutable attribute that cannot be changed after creation. And this field is deprecated since v0.9, consider using the ComponentDef instead.

`backupPolicies`
[]BackupPolicy

Represents an array of BackupPolicy templates, with each template corresponding to a specified ComponentDefinition or to a group of ComponentDefinitions that are different versions of definitions of the same component.

`identifier`
string
(Optional)

Specifies a unique identifier for the BackupPolicyTemplate.

This identifier will be used as the suffix of the name of automatically generated BackupPolicy. This prevents unintended overwriting of BackupPolicies due to name conflicts when multiple BackupPolicyTemplates are present. For instance, using “backup-policy” for regular backups and “backup-policy-hscale” for horizontal-scale ops can differentiate the policies.

`status`
BackupPolicyTemplateStatus

Populated by the system, it represents the current information about the BackupPolicyTemplate.

BackupPolicyTemplateSpec

(Appears on:BackupPolicyTemplate)

BackupPolicyTemplateSpec contains the settings in a BackupPolicyTemplate.

Field Description
`clusterDefinitionRef`
string

Specifies the name of a ClusterDefinition. This is an immutable attribute that cannot be changed after creation. And this field is deprecated since v0.9, consider using the ComponentDef instead.

`backupPolicies`
[]BackupPolicy

Represents an array of BackupPolicy templates, with each template corresponding to a specified ComponentDefinition or to a group of ComponentDefinitions that are different versions of definitions of the same component.

`identifier`
string
(Optional)

Specifies a unique identifier for the BackupPolicyTemplate.

This identifier will be used as the suffix of the name of automatically generated BackupPolicy. This prevents unintended overwriting of BackupPolicies due to name conflicts when multiple BackupPolicyTemplates are present. For instance, using “backup-policy” for regular backups and “backup-policy-hscale” for horizontal-scale ops can differentiate the policies.

BackupPolicyTemplateStatus

(Appears on:BackupPolicyTemplate)

BackupPolicyTemplateStatus defines the observed state of BackupPolicyTemplate.

BackupRefSpec

Field Description
`ref`
RefNamespaceName
(Optional)

Refers to a reference backup that needs to be restored.

BackupStatusUpdateStage (`string` alias)

BackupStatusUpdateStage defines the stage of backup status update.

BaseBackupType (`string` alias)

BaseBackupType the base backup type, keep synchronized with the BaseBackupType of the data protection API.

BuiltinActionHandlerType (`string` alias)

(Appears on:LifecycleActionHandler)

BuiltinActionHandlerType defines build-in action handlers provided by Lorry, including:

  • `mysql`
  • `wesql`
  • `oceanbase`
  • `redis`
  • `mongodb`
  • `etcd`
  • `postgresql`
  • `official-postgresql`
  • `apecloud-postgresql`
  • `polardbx`
  • `custom`
  • `unknown`
Value Description

"apecloud-postgresql"

"custom"

"etcd"

"mongodb"

"mysql"

"oceanbase"

"official-postgresql"

"polardbx"

"postgresql"

"redis"

"unknown"

"wesql"

CPUConstraint

(Appears on:ResourceConstraintRule)

Field Description
`max`
Kubernetes resource.Quantity
(Optional)

The maximum count of vcpu cores, [Min, Max] defines a range for valid vcpu cores, and the value in this range must be multiple times of Step. It’s useful to define a large number of valid values without defining them one by one. Please see the documentation for Step for some examples. If Slots is specified, Max, Min, and Step are ignored

`min`
Kubernetes resource.Quantity
(Optional)

The minimum count of vcpu cores, [Min, Max] defines a range for valid vcpu cores, and the value in this range must be multiple times of Step. It’s useful to define a large number of valid values without defining them one by one. Please see the documentation for Step for some examples. If Slots is specified, Max, Min, and Step are ignored

`step`
Kubernetes resource.Quantity
(Optional)

The minimum granularity of vcpu cores, [Min, Max] defines a range for valid vcpu cores and the value in this range must be multiple times of Step. For example: 1. Min is 2, Max is 8, Step is 2, and the valid vcpu core is {2, 4, 6, 8}. 2. Min is 0.5, Max is 2, Step is 0.5, and the valid vcpu core is {0.5, 1, 1.5, 2}.

`slots`
[]Kubernetes resource.Quantity
(Optional)

The valid vcpu cores, it’s useful if you want to define valid vcpu cores explicitly. If Slots is specified, Max, Min, and Step are ignored

ClassDefRef

(Appears on:ClusterComponentSpec, ComponentSpec, LastComponentConfiguration)

ClassDefRef is deprecated since v0.9.

Field Description
`name`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the name of the ComponentClassDefinition.

`class`
string

Defines the name of the class that is defined in the ComponentClassDefinition.

ClusterBackup

(Appears on:ClusterSpec)

Field Description
`enabled`
bool
(Optional)

Specifies whether automated backup is enabled for the Cluster.

`retentionPeriod`
github.com/apecloud/kubeblocks/apis/dataprotection/v1alpha1.RetentionPeriod
(Optional)

Determines the duration to retain backups. Backups older than this period are automatically removed.

For example, RetentionPeriod of `30d` will keep only the backups of last 30 days. Sample duration format:

  • years: 2y
  • months: 6mo
  • days: 30d
  • hours: 12h
  • minutes: 30m

You can also combine the above durations. For example: 30d12h30m. Default value is 7d.

`method`
string

Specifies the backup method to use, as defined in backupPolicy.

`cronExpression`
string
(Optional)

The cron expression for the schedule. The timezone is in UTC. See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron.

`startingDeadlineMinutes`
int64
(Optional)

Specifies the maximum time in minutes that the system will wait to start a missed backup job. If the scheduled backup time is missed for any reason, the backup job must start within this deadline. Values must be between 0 (immediate execution) and 1440 (one day).

`repoName`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the name of the backupRepo. If not set, the default backupRepo will be used.

`pitrEnabled`
bool
(Optional)

Specifies whether to enable point-in-time recovery.

`continuousMethod`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the backup method to use, if not set, use the first continuous method.

`incrementalBackupEnabled`
bool
(Optional)

Specifies whether to enable incremental backup.

`incrementalCronExpression`
string
(Optional)

The cron expression for the incremental backup schedule. The timezone is in UTC. See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron.

ClusterComponentDefinition

(Appears on:ClusterDefinitionSpec)

ClusterComponentDefinition defines a Component within a ClusterDefinition but is deprecated and has been replaced by ComponentDefinition.

Deprecated: Use ComponentDefinition instead. This type is deprecated as of version 0.8.

Field Description
`name`
string

This name could be used as default name of `cluster.spec.componentSpecs.name`, and needs to conform with same validation rules as `cluster.spec.componentSpecs.name`, currently complying with IANA Service Naming rule. This name will apply to cluster objects as the value of label “apps.kubeblocks.io/component-name”.

`description`
string
(Optional)

Description of the component definition.

`workloadType`
WorkloadType

Defines the type of the workload.

  • `Stateless` describes stateless applications.
  • `Stateful` describes common stateful applications.
  • `Consensus` describes applications based on consensus protocols, such as raft and paxos.
  • `Replication` describes applications based on the primary-secondary data replication protocol.
`characterType`
string
(Optional)

Defines well-known database component name, such as mongos(mongodb), proxy(redis), mariadb(mysql).

`configSpecs`
[]ComponentConfigSpec
(Optional)

Defines the template of configurations.

`scriptSpecs`
[]ComponentTemplateSpec
(Optional)

Defines the template of scripts.

`probes`
ClusterDefinitionProbes
(Optional)

Settings for health checks.

`logConfigs`
[]LogConfig
(Optional)

Specify the logging files which can be observed and configured by cluster users.

`podSpec`
Kubernetes core/v1.PodSpec
(Optional)

Defines the pod spec template of component.

`service`
ServiceSpec
(Optional)

Defines the service spec.

`statelessSpec`
StatelessSetSpec
(Optional)

Defines spec for `Stateless` workloads.

`statefulSpec`
StatefulSetSpec
(Optional)

Defines spec for `Stateful` workloads.

`consensusSpec`
ConsensusSetSpec
(Optional)

Defines spec for `Consensus` workloads. It’s required if the workload type is `Consensus`.

`replicationSpec`
ReplicationSetSpec
(Optional)

Defines spec for `Replication` workloads.

`rsmSpec`
RSMSpec
(Optional)

Defines workload spec of this component. From KB 0.7.0, RSM(InstanceSetSpec) will be the underlying CR which powers all kinds of workload in KB. RSM is an enhanced stateful workload extension dedicated for heavy-state workloads like databases.

`horizontalScalePolicy`
HorizontalScalePolicy
(Optional)

Defines the behavior of horizontal scale.

`systemAccounts`
SystemAccountSpec
(Optional)

Defines system accounts needed to manage the component, and the statement to create them.

`volumeTypes`
[]VolumeTypeSpec
(Optional)

Used to describe the purpose of the volumes mapping the name of the VolumeMounts in the PodSpec.Container field, such as data volume, log volume, etc. When backing up the volume, the volume can be correctly backed up according to the volumeType.

For example:

  • `name: data, type: data` means that the volume named `data` is used to store `data`.
  • `name: binlog, type: log` means that the volume named `binlog` is used to store `log`.

NOTE: When volumeTypes is not defined, the backup function will not be supported, even if a persistent volume has been specified.

`customLabelSpecs`
[]CustomLabelSpec
(Optional)

Used for custom label tags which you want to add to the component resources.

`switchoverSpec`
SwitchoverSpec
(Optional)

Defines command to do switchover. In particular, when workloadType=Replication, the command defined in switchoverSpec will only be executed under the condition of cluster.componentSpecs[x].SwitchPolicy.type=Noop.

`postStartSpec`
PostStartAction
(Optional)

Defines the command to be executed when the component is ready, and the command will only be executed once after the component becomes ready.

`volumeProtectionSpec`
VolumeProtectionSpec
(Optional)

Defines settings to do volume protect.

`componentDefRef`
[]ComponentDefRef
(Optional)

Used to inject values from other components into the current component. Values will be saved and updated in a configmap and mounted to the current component.

`serviceRefDeclarations`
[]ServiceRefDeclaration
(Optional)

Used to declare the service reference of the current component.

`exporter`
Exporter
(Optional)

Defines the metrics exporter.

`monitor`
MonitorConfig
(Optional)

Deprecated since v0.9 monitor is monitoring config which provided by provider.

ClusterComponentPhase (`string` alias)

(Appears on:ClusterComponentStatus, ComponentStatus, OpsRequestComponentStatus)

ClusterComponentPhase defines the phase of a cluster component as represented in cluster.status.components.phase field.

Value Description

"Abnormal"

AbnormalClusterCompPhase indicates the component has more than zero replicas, but there are some failed pods. The component is functioning, but it is in a fragile state.

"Creating"

CreatingClusterCompPhase indicates the component is being created.

"Deleting"

DeletingClusterCompPhase indicates the component is currently being deleted.

"Failed"

FailedClusterCompPhase indicates the component has more than zero replicas, but there are some failed pods. The component is not functioning.

"Running"

RunningClusterCompPhase indicates the component has more than zero replicas, and all pods are up-to-date and in a ‘Running’ state.

"Stopped"

StoppedClusterCompPhase indicates the component has zero replicas, and all pods have been deleted.

"Stopping"

StoppingClusterCompPhase indicates the component has zero replicas, and there are pods that are terminating.

"Updating"

UpdatingClusterCompPhase indicates the component has more than zero replicas, and there are no failed pods, it is currently being updated.

ClusterComponentService

(Appears on:ClusterComponentSpec, LastComponentConfiguration)

Field Description
`name`
string

References the ComponentService name defined in the `componentDefinition.spec.services[*].name`.

`serviceType`
Kubernetes core/v1.ServiceType
(Optional)

Determines how the Service is exposed. Valid options are `ClusterIP`, `NodePort`, and `LoadBalancer`.

  • `ClusterIP` allocates a Cluster-internal IP address for load-balancing to endpoints. Endpoints are determined by the selector or if that is not specified, they are determined by manual construction of an Endpoints object or EndpointSlice objects.
  • `NodePort` builds on ClusterIP and allocates a port on every node which routes to the same endpoints as the ClusterIP.
  • `LoadBalancer` builds on NodePort and creates an external load-balancer (if supported in the current cloud) which routes to the same endpoints as the ClusterIP.

Note: although K8s Service type allows the ‘ExternalName’ type, it is not a valid option for ClusterComponentService.

For more info, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#publishing-services-service-types.

`annotations`
map[string]string
(Optional)

If ServiceType is LoadBalancer, cloud provider related parameters can be put here. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#loadbalancer.

`podService`
bool
(Optional)

Indicates whether to generate individual Services for each Pod. If set to true, a separate Service will be created for each Pod in the Cluster.

ClusterComponentSpec

(Appears on:ClusterSpec, ShardingSpec)

ClusterComponentSpec defines the specification of a Component within a Cluster.

Field Description
`name`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the Component’s name. It’s part of the Service DNS name and must comply with the IANA service naming rule. The name is optional when ClusterComponentSpec is used as a template (e.g., in `shardingSpec`), but required otherwise.

`componentDefRef`
string
(Optional)

References a ClusterComponentDefinition defined in the `clusterDefinition.spec.componentDef` field. Must comply with the IANA service naming rule.

Deprecated since v0.9, because defining Components in `clusterDefinition.spec.componentDef` field has been deprecated. This field is replaced by the `componentDef` field, use `componentDef` instead. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`componentDef`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the exact name, name prefix, or regular expression pattern for matching the name of the ComponentDefinition custom resource (CR) that defines the Component’s characteristics and behavior.

If both `componentDefRef` and `componentDef` are provided, the `componentDef` will take precedence over `componentDefRef`.

`serviceVersion`
string
(Optional)

ServiceVersion specifies the version of the Service expected to be provisioned by this Component. The version should follow the syntax and semantics of the “Semantic Versioning” specification (http://semver.org/). If no version is specified, the latest available version will be used.

`classDefRef`
ClassDefRef
(Optional)

References the class defined in ComponentClassDefinition.

Deprecated since v0.9. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`serviceRefs`
[]ServiceRef
(Optional)

Defines a list of ServiceRef for a Component, enabling access to both external services and Services provided by other Clusters.

Types of services:

  • External services: Not managed by KubeBlocks or managed by a different KubeBlocks operator; Require a ServiceDescriptor for connection details.
  • Services provided by a Cluster: Managed by the same KubeBlocks operator; identified using Cluster, Component and Service names.

ServiceRefs with identical `serviceRef.name` in the same Cluster are considered the same.

Example:


serviceRefs:
  - name: "redis-sentinel"
    serviceDescriptor:
      name: "external-redis-sentinel"
  - name: "postgres-cluster"
    clusterServiceSelector:
      cluster: "my-postgres-cluster"
      service:
        component: "postgresql"

The example above includes ServiceRefs to an external Redis Sentinel service and a PostgreSQL Cluster.

`enabledLogs`
[]string
(Optional)

Specifies which types of logs should be collected for the Component. The log types are defined in the `componentDefinition.spec.logConfigs` field with the LogConfig entries.

The elements in the `enabledLogs` array correspond to the names of the LogConfig entries. For example, if the `componentDefinition.spec.logConfigs` defines LogConfig entries with names “slow_query_log” and “error_log”, you can enable the collection of these logs by including their names in the `enabledLogs` array:


enabledLogs:
- slow_query_log
- error_log

`labels`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Specifies Labels to override or add for underlying Pods, PVCs, Account & TLS Secrets, Services Owned by Component.

`annotations`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Specifies Annotations to override or add for underlying Pods, PVCs, Account & TLS Secrets, Services Owned by Component.

`env`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.EnvVar
(Optional)

List of environment variables to add. These environment variables will be placed after the environment variables declared in the Pod.

`replicas`
int32

Specifies the desired number of replicas in the Component for enhancing availability and durability, or load balancing.

`affinity`
Affinity
(Optional)

Specifies a group of affinity scheduling rules for the Component. It allows users to control how the Component’s Pods are scheduled onto nodes in the K8s cluster.

`tolerations`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.Toleration
(Optional)

Allows Pods to be scheduled onto nodes with matching taints. Each toleration in the array allows the Pod to tolerate node taints based on specified `key`, `value`, `effect`, and `operator`.

  • The `key`, `value`, and `effect` identify the taint that the toleration matches.
  • The `operator` determines how the toleration matches the taint.

Pods with matching tolerations are allowed to be scheduled on tainted nodes, typically reserved for specific purposes.

`schedulingPolicy`
SchedulingPolicy
(Optional)

Specifies the scheduling policy for the component.

`resources`
Kubernetes core/v1.ResourceRequirements
(Optional)

Specifies the resources required by the Component. It allows defining the CPU, memory requirements and limits for the Component’s containers.

`volumeClaimTemplates`
[]ClusterComponentVolumeClaimTemplate
(Optional)

Specifies a list of PersistentVolumeClaim templates that represent the storage requirements for the Component. Each template specifies the desired characteristics of a persistent volume, such as storage class, size, and access modes. These templates are used to dynamically provision persistent volumes for the Component.

`volumes`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.Volume
(Optional)

List of volumes to override.

`services`
[]ClusterComponentService
(Optional)

Overrides services defined in referenced ComponentDefinition and expose endpoints that can be accessed by clients.

`systemAccounts`
[]ComponentSystemAccount
(Optional)

Overrides system accounts defined in the referenced `ComponentDefinition`.

`switchPolicy`
ClusterSwitchPolicy
(Optional)

Defines the strategy for switchover and failover when workloadType is Replication.

Deprecated since v0.9. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`tls`
bool
(Optional)

A boolean flag that indicates whether the Component should use Transport Layer Security (TLS) for secure communication. When set to true, the Component will be configured to use TLS encryption for its network connections. This ensures that the data transmitted between the Component and its clients or other Components is encrypted and protected from unauthorized access. If TLS is enabled, the Component may require additional configuration, such as specifying TLS certificates and keys, to properly set up the secure communication channel.

`issuer`
Issuer
(Optional)

Specifies the configuration for the TLS certificates issuer. It allows defining the issuer name and the reference to the secret containing the TLS certificates and key. The secret should contain the CA certificate, TLS certificate, and private key in the specified keys. Required when TLS is enabled.

`serviceAccountName`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the name of the ServiceAccount required by the running Component. This ServiceAccount is used to grant necessary permissions for the Component’s Pods to interact with other Kubernetes resources, such as modifying Pod labels or sending events.

Defaults: To perform certain operational tasks, agent sidecars running in Pods require specific RBAC permissions. The service account will be bound to a default role named “kubeblocks-cluster-pod-role” which is installed together with KubeBlocks. If not specified, KubeBlocks automatically assigns a default ServiceAccount named “kb-{cluster.name}”

Future Changes: Future versions might change the default ServiceAccount creation strategy to one per Component, potentially revising the naming to “kb-{cluster.name}-{component.name}”.

Users can override the automatic ServiceAccount assignment by explicitly setting the name of an existed ServiceAccount in this field.

`updateStrategy`
UpdateStrategy
(Optional)

Defines the update strategy for the Component.

Deprecated since v0.9. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`instanceUpdateStrategy`
InstanceUpdateStrategy
(Optional)

Indicates the InstanceUpdateStrategy that will be employed to update Pods in the InstanceSet when a revision is made to Template.

`parallelPodManagementConcurrency`
Kubernetes api utils intstr.IntOrString
(Optional)

Controls the concurrency of pods during initial scale up, when replacing pods on nodes, or when scaling down. It only used when `PodManagementPolicy` is set to `Parallel`. The default Concurrency is 100%.

`podUpdatePolicy`
PodUpdatePolicyType
(Optional)

PodUpdatePolicy indicates how pods should be updated

  • `StrictInPlace` indicates that only allows in-place upgrades. Any attempt to modify other fields will be rejected.
  • `PreferInPlace` indicates that we will first attempt an in-place upgrade of the Pod. If that fails, it will fall back to the ReCreate, where pod will be recreated.
  • `Recreate` indicates that recreate the Pod no matter what fields being updated. Default value is “PreferInPlace”
`userResourceRefs`
UserResourceRefs
(Optional)

Allows users to specify custom ConfigMaps and Secrets to be mounted as volumes in the Cluster’s Pods. This is useful in scenarios where users need to provide additional resources to the Cluster, such as:

  • Mounting custom scripts or configuration files during Cluster startup.
  • Mounting Secrets as volumes to provide sensitive information, like S3 AK/SK, to the Cluster.
`instances`
[]InstanceTemplate
(Optional)

Allows for the customization of configuration values for each instance within a Component. An instance represent a single replica (Pod and associated K8s resources like PVCs, Services, and ConfigMaps). While instances typically share a common configuration as defined in the ClusterComponentSpec, they can require unique settings in various scenarios:

For example: - A database Component might require different resource allocations for primary and secondary instances, with primaries needing more resources. - During a rolling upgrade, a Component may first update the image for one or a few instances, and then update the remaining instances after verifying that the updated instances are functioning correctly.

InstanceTemplate allows for specifying these unique configurations per instance. Each instance’s name is constructed using the pattern: $(component.name)-$(template.name)-$(ordinal), starting with an ordinal of 0. It is crucial to maintain unique names for each InstanceTemplate to avoid conflicts.

The sum of replicas across all InstanceTemplates should not exceed the total number of replicas specified for the Component. Any remaining replicas will be generated using the default template and will follow the default naming rules.

`offlineInstances`
[]string
(Optional)

Specifies the names of instances to be transitioned to offline status.

Marking an instance as offline results in the following:

  1. The associated Pod is stopped, and its PersistentVolumeClaim (PVC) is retained for potential future reuse or data recovery, but it is no longer actively used.
  2. The ordinal number assigned to this instance is preserved, ensuring it remains unique and avoiding conflicts with new instances.

Setting instances to offline allows for a controlled scale-in process, preserving their data and maintaining ordinal consistency within the Cluster. Note that offline instances and their associated resources, such as PVCs, are not automatically deleted. The administrator must manually manage the cleanup and removal of these resources when they are no longer needed.

`disableExporter`
bool
(Optional)

Determines whether metrics exporter information is annotated on the Component’s headless Service.

If set to true, the following annotations will not be patched into the Service:

  • “monitor.kubeblocks.io/path”
  • “monitor.kubeblocks.io/port”
  • “monitor.kubeblocks.io/scheme”

These annotations allow the Prometheus installed by KubeBlocks to discover and scrape metrics from the exporter.

`monitor`
bool
(Optional)

Deprecated since v0.9 Determines whether metrics exporter information is annotated on the Component’s headless Service.

If set to true, the following annotations will be patched into the Service:

  • “monitor.kubeblocks.io/path”
  • “monitor.kubeblocks.io/port”
  • “monitor.kubeblocks.io/scheme”

These annotations allow the Prometheus installed by KubeBlocks to discover and scrape metrics from the exporter.

`stop`
bool
(Optional)

Stop the Component. If set, all the computing resources will be released.

ClusterComponentStatus

(Appears on:ClusterStatus)

ClusterComponentStatus records Component status.

Field Description
`phase`
ClusterComponentPhase

Specifies the current state of the Component.

`message`
ComponentMessageMap
(Optional)

Records detailed information about the Component in its current phase. The keys are either podName, deployName, or statefulSetName, formatted as ‘ObjectKind/Name’.

`podsReady`
bool
(Optional)

Checks if all Pods of the Component are ready.

`podsReadyTime`
Kubernetes meta/v1.Time
(Optional)

Indicates the time when all Component Pods became ready. This is the readiness time of the last Component Pod.

`membersStatus`
[]MemberStatus
(Optional)

Represents the status of the members.

ClusterComponentVersion

(Appears on:ClusterVersionSpec)

ClusterComponentVersion is an application version component spec.

Deprecated since v0.9. This struct is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged.

Field Description
`componentDefRef`
string

Specifies a reference to one of the cluster component definition names in the ClusterDefinition API (spec.componentDefs.name).

`configSpecs`
[]ComponentConfigSpec
(Optional)

Defines a configuration extension mechanism to handle configuration differences between versions. The configTemplateRefs field, in conjunction with the configTemplateRefs in the ClusterDefinition, determines the final configuration file.

`systemAccountSpec`
SystemAccountShortSpec
(Optional)

Defines the image for the component to connect to databases or engines. This overrides the `image` and `env` attributes defined in clusterDefinition.spec.componentDefs.systemAccountSpec.cmdExecutorConfig. To clear default environment settings, set systemAccountSpec.cmdExecutorConfig.env to an empty list.

`versionsContext`
VersionsContext

Defines the context for container images for component versions. This value replaces the values in clusterDefinition.spec.componentDefs.podSpec.[initContainers | containers].

`switchoverSpec`
SwitchoverShortSpec
(Optional)

Defines the images for the component to perform a switchover. This overrides the image and env attributes defined in clusterDefinition.spec.componentDefs.SwitchoverSpec.CommandExecutorEnvItem.

ClusterComponentVolumeClaimTemplate

(Appears on:ClusterComponentSpec, ComponentSpec, InstanceTemplate)

Field Description
`name`
string

Refers to the name of a volumeMount defined in either:

  • `componentDefinition.spec.runtime.containers[*].volumeMounts`
  • `clusterDefinition.spec.componentDefs[*].podSpec.containers[*].volumeMounts` (deprecated)

The value of `name` must match the `name` field of a volumeMount specified in the corresponding `volumeMounts` array.

`labels`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Specifies the labels for the PVC of the volume.

`annotations`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Specifies the annotations for the PVC of the volume.

`spec`
PersistentVolumeClaimSpec
(Optional)

Defines the desired characteristics of a PersistentVolumeClaim that will be created for the volume with the mount name specified in the `name` field.

When a Pod is created for this ClusterComponent, a new PVC will be created based on the specification defined in the `spec` field. The PVC will be associated with the volume mount specified by the `name` field.



`accessModes`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.PersistentVolumeAccessMode
(Optional)

Contains the desired access modes the volume should have. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#access-modes-1.

`resources`
Kubernetes core/v1.ResourceRequirements
(Optional)

Represents the minimum resources the volume should have. If the RecoverVolumeExpansionFailure feature is enabled, users are allowed to specify resource requirements that are lower than the previous value but must still be higher than the capacity recorded in the status field of the claim. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources.

`storageClassName`
string
(Optional)

The name of the StorageClass required by the claim. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#class-1.

`volumeMode`
Kubernetes core/v1.PersistentVolumeMode
(Optional)

Defines what type of volume is required by the claim, either Block or Filesystem.

ClusterDefinitionProbe

(Appears on:ClusterDefinitionProbes)

ClusterDefinitionProbe is deprecated since v0.8.

Field Description
`periodSeconds`
int32

How often (in seconds) to perform the probe.

`timeoutSeconds`
int32

Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second.

`failureThreshold`
int32

Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded.

`commands`
ClusterDefinitionProbeCMDs
(Optional)

Commands used to execute for probe.

ClusterDefinitionProbeCMDs

(Appears on:ClusterDefinitionProbe)

ClusterDefinitionProbeCMDs is deprecated since v0.8.

Field Description
`writes`
[]string
(Optional)

Defines write checks that are executed on the probe sidecar.

`queries`
[]string
(Optional)

Defines read checks that are executed on the probe sidecar.

ClusterDefinitionProbes

(Appears on:ClusterComponentDefinition)

ClusterDefinitionProbes is deprecated since v0.8.

Field Description
`runningProbe`
ClusterDefinitionProbe
(Optional)

Specifies the probe used for checking the running status of the component.

`statusProbe`
ClusterDefinitionProbe
(Optional)

Specifies the probe used for checking the status of the component.

`roleProbe`
ClusterDefinitionProbe
(Optional)

Specifies the probe used for checking the role of the component.

`roleProbeTimeoutAfterPodsReady`
int32
(Optional)

Defines the timeout (in seconds) for the role probe after all pods of the component are ready. The system will check if the application is available in the pod. If pods exceed the InitializationTimeoutSeconds time without a role label, this component will enter the Failed/Abnormal phase.

Note that this configuration will only take effect if the component supports RoleProbe and will not affect the life cycle of the pod. default values are 60 seconds.

ClusterDefinitionSpec

(Appears on:ClusterDefinition)

ClusterDefinitionSpec defines the desired state of ClusterDefinition.

Field Description
`type`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the well-known database type, such as mysql, redis, or mongodb.

Deprecated since v0.9. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`componentDefs`
[]ClusterComponentDefinition
(Optional)

Provides the definitions for the cluster components.

Deprecated since v0.9. Components should now be individually defined using ComponentDefinition and collectively referenced via `topology.components`. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`connectionCredential`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Connection credential template used for creating a connection credential secret for cluster objects.

Built-in objects are:

  • `$(RANDOM_PASSWD)` random 8 characters.
  • `$(STRONG_RANDOM_PASSWD)` random 16 characters, with mixed cases, digits and symbols.
  • `$(UUID)` generate a random UUID v4 string.
  • `$(UUID_B64)` generate a random UUID v4 BASE64 encoded string.
  • `$(UUID_STR_B64)` generate a random UUID v4 string then BASE64 encoded.
  • `$(UUID_HEX)` generate a random UUID v4 HEX representation.
  • `$(HEADLESS_SVC_FQDN)` headless service FQDN placeholder, value pattern is `$(CLUSTER_NAME)-$(1ST_COMP_NAME)-headless.$(NAMESPACE).svc`, where 1ST_COMP_NAME is the 1st component that provide `ClusterDefinition.spec.componentDefs[].service` attribute;
  • `$(SVC_FQDN)` service FQDN placeholder, value pattern is `$(CLUSTER_NAME)-$(1ST_COMP_NAME).$(NAMESPACE).svc`, where 1ST_COMP_NAME is the 1st component that provide `ClusterDefinition.spec.componentDefs[].service` attribute;
  • `$(SVC_PORT_{PORT-NAME})` is ServicePort’s port value with specified port name, i.e, a servicePort JSON struct: `{"name": "mysql", "targetPort": "mysqlContainerPort", "port": 3306}`, and `$(SVC_PORT_mysql)` in the connection credential value is 3306.

Deprecated since v0.9. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`topologies`
[]ClusterTopology
(Optional)

Topologies defines all possible topologies within the cluster.

ClusterDefinitionStatus

(Appears on:ClusterDefinition)

ClusterDefinitionStatus defines the observed state of ClusterDefinition

Field Description
`observedGeneration`
int64
(Optional)

Represents the most recent generation observed for this ClusterDefinition.

`phase`
Phase

Specifies the current phase of the ClusterDefinition. Valid values are `empty`, `Available`, `Unavailable`. When `Available`, the ClusterDefinition is ready and can be referenced by related objects.

`message`
string
(Optional)

Provides additional information about the current phase.

`topologies`
string
(Optional)

Topologies this ClusterDefinition supported.

`serviceRefs`
string
(Optional)

The service references declared by this ClusterDefinition.

ClusterNetwork

(Appears on:ClusterSpec)

ClusterNetwork is deprecated since v0.9.

Field Description
`hostNetworkAccessible`
bool
(Optional)

Indicates whether the host network can be accessed. By default, this is set to false.

`publiclyAccessible`
bool
(Optional)

Indicates whether the network is accessible to the public. By default, this is set to false.

ClusterObjectReference

(Appears on:ComponentVarSelector, CredentialVarSelector, HostNetworkVarSelector, ServiceRefVarSelector, ServiceVarSelector)

ClusterObjectReference defines information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same Cluster.

Field Description
`compDef`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the exact name, name prefix, or regular expression pattern for matching the name of the ComponentDefinition custom resource (CR) used by the component that the referent object resident in.

If not specified, the component itself will be used.

`name`
string
(Optional)

Name of the referent object.

`optional`
bool
(Optional)

Specify whether the object must be defined.

`multipleClusterObjectOption`
MultipleClusterObjectOption
(Optional)

This option defines the behavior when multiple component objects match the specified @CompDef. If not provided, an error will be raised when handling multiple matches.

ClusterPhase (`string` alias)

(Appears on:ClusterStatus, OpsRequestBehaviour)

ClusterPhase defines the phase of the Cluster within the .status.phase field.

Value Description

"Abnormal"

AbnormalClusterPhase represents some components are in `Failed` or `Abnormal` phase, indicates that the cluster is in a fragile state and troubleshooting is required.

"Creating"

CreatingClusterPhase represents all components are in `Creating` phase.

"Deleting"

DeletingClusterPhase indicates the cluster is being deleted.

"Failed"

FailedClusterPhase represents all components are in `Failed` phase, indicates that the cluster is unavailable.

"Running"

RunningClusterPhase represents all components are in `Running` phase, indicates that the cluster is functioning properly.

"Stopped"

StoppedClusterPhase represents all components are in `Stopped` phase, indicates that the cluster has stopped and is not providing any functionality.

"Stopping"

StoppingClusterPhase represents at least one component is in `Stopping` phase, indicates that the cluster is in the process of stopping.

"Updating"

UpdatingClusterPhase represents all components are in `Creating`, `Running` or `Updating` phase, and at least one component is in `Creating` or `Updating` phase, indicates that the cluster is undergoing an update.

ClusterResourceConstraintSelector

(Appears on:ComponentResourceConstraintSpec)

Field Description
`clusterDefRef`
string

clusterDefRef is the name of the cluster definition.

`components`
[]ComponentResourceConstraintSelector

selector is used to bind the resource constraint to components.

ClusterResources

(Appears on:ClusterSpec)

ClusterResources is deprecated since v0.9.

Field Description
`cpu`
Kubernetes resource.Quantity
(Optional)

Specifies the amount of CPU resource the Cluster needs. For more information, refer to: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/

`memory`
Kubernetes resource.Quantity
(Optional)

Specifies the amount of memory resource the Cluster needs. For more information, refer to: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/

ClusterService

(Appears on:ClusterSpec)

ClusterService defines a service that is exposed externally, allowing entities outside the cluster to access it. For example, external applications, or other Clusters. And another Cluster managed by the same KubeBlocks operator can resolve the address exposed by a ClusterService using the `serviceRef` field.

When a Component needs to access another Cluster’s ClusterService using the `serviceRef` field, it must also define the service type and version information in the `componentDefinition.spec.serviceRefDeclarations` section.

Field Description
`Service`
Service

(Members of `Service` are embedded into this type.)

`shardingSelector`
string
(Optional)

Extends the ServiceSpec.Selector by allowing the specification of a sharding name, which is defined in `cluster.spec.shardingSpecs[*].name`, to be used as a selector for the service. Note that this and the `componentSelector` are mutually exclusive and cannot be set simultaneously.

`componentSelector`
string
(Optional)

Extends the ServiceSpec.Selector by allowing the specification of a component, to be used as a selector for the service. Note that this and the `shardingSelector` are mutually exclusive and cannot be set simultaneously.

ClusterSpec

(Appears on:Cluster)

ClusterSpec defines the desired state of Cluster.

Field Description
`clusterDefinitionRef`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the name of the ClusterDefinition to use when creating a Cluster.

This field enables users to create a Cluster based on a specific ClusterDefinition. Which, in conjunction with the `topology` field, determine:

  • The Components to be included in the Cluster.
  • The sequences in which the Components are created, updated, and terminate.

This facilitates multiple-components management with predefined ClusterDefinition.

Users with advanced requirements can bypass this general setting and specify more precise control over the composition of the Cluster by directly referencing specific ComponentDefinitions for each component within `componentSpecs[*].componentDef`.

If this field is not provided, each component must be explicitly defined in `componentSpecs[*].componentDef`.

Note: Once set, this field cannot be modified; it is immutable.

`clusterVersionRef`
string
(Optional)

Refers to the ClusterVersion name.

Deprecated since v0.9, use ComponentVersion instead. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`topology`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the name of the ClusterTopology to be used when creating the Cluster.

This field defines which set of Components, as outlined in the ClusterDefinition, will be used to construct the Cluster based on the named topology. The ClusterDefinition may list multiple topologies under `clusterdefinition.spec.topologies[*]`, each tailored to different use cases or environments.

If `topology` is not specified, the Cluster will use the default topology defined in the ClusterDefinition.

Note: Once set during the Cluster creation, the `topology` field cannot be modified. It establishes the initial composition and structure of the Cluster and is intended for one-time configuration.

`terminationPolicy`
TerminationPolicyType

Specifies the behavior when a Cluster is deleted. It defines how resources, data, and backups associated with a Cluster are managed during termination. Choose a policy based on the desired level of resource cleanup and data preservation:

  • `DoNotTerminate`: Prevents deletion of the Cluster. This policy ensures that all resources remain intact.
  • `Halt`: Deletes Cluster resources like Pods and Services but retains Persistent Volume Claims (PVCs), allowing for data preservation while stopping other operations. Warning: Halt policy is deprecated in 0.9.1 and will have same meaning as DoNotTerminate.
  • `Delete`: Extends the `Halt` policy by also removing PVCs, leading to a thorough cleanup while removing all persistent data.
  • `WipeOut`: An aggressive policy that deletes all Cluster resources, including volume snapshots and backups in external storage. This results in complete data removal and should be used cautiously, primarily in non-production environments to avoid irreversible data loss.

Warning: Choosing an inappropriate termination policy can result in data loss. The `WipeOut` policy is particularly risky in production environments due to its irreversible nature.

`shardingSpecs`
[]ShardingSpec
(Optional)

Specifies a list of ShardingSpec objects that manage the sharding topology for Cluster Components. Each ShardingSpec organizes components into shards, with each shard corresponding to a Component. Components within a shard are all based on a common ClusterComponentSpec template, ensuring uniform configurations.

This field supports dynamic resharding by facilitating the addition or removal of shards through the `shards` field in ShardingSpec.

Note: `shardingSpecs` and `componentSpecs` cannot both be empty; at least one must be defined to configure a Cluster.

`componentSpecs`
[]ClusterComponentSpec
(Optional)

Specifies a list of ClusterComponentSpec objects used to define the individual Components that make up a Cluster. This field allows for detailed configuration of each Component within the Cluster.

Note: `shardingSpecs` and `componentSpecs` cannot both be empty; at least one must be defined to configure a Cluster.

`services`
[]ClusterService
(Optional)

Defines a list of additional Services that are exposed by a Cluster. This field allows Services of selected Components, either from `componentSpecs` or `shardingSpecs` to be exposed, alongside Services defined with ComponentService.

Services defined here can be referenced by other clusters using the ServiceRefClusterSelector.

`affinity`
Affinity
(Optional)

Defines a set of node affinity scheduling rules for the Cluster’s Pods. This field helps control the placement of Pods on nodes within the Cluster.

`tolerations`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.Toleration
(Optional)

An array that specifies tolerations attached to the Cluster’s Pods, allowing them to be scheduled onto nodes with matching taints.

`schedulingPolicy`
SchedulingPolicy
(Optional)

Specifies the scheduling policy for the cluster.

`runtimeClassName`
string
(Optional)

Specifies runtimeClassName for all Pods managed by this Cluster.

`backup`
ClusterBackup
(Optional)

Specifies the backup configuration of the Cluster.

`tenancy`
TenancyType
(Optional)

Describes how Pods are distributed across node.

Deprecated since v0.9. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`availabilityPolicy`
AvailabilityPolicyType
(Optional)

Describes the availability policy, including zone, node, and none.

Deprecated since v0.9. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`replicas`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the replicas of the first componentSpec, if the replicas of the first componentSpec is specified, this value will be ignored.

Deprecated since v0.9. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`resources`
ClusterResources
(Optional)

Specifies the resources of the first componentSpec, if the resources of the first componentSpec is specified, this value will be ignored.

Deprecated since v0.9. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`storage`
ClusterStorage
(Optional)

Specifies the storage of the first componentSpec, if the storage of the first componentSpec is specified, this value will be ignored.

Deprecated since v0.9. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`network`
ClusterNetwork
(Optional)

The configuration of network.

Deprecated since v0.9. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

ClusterStatus

(Appears on:Cluster)

ClusterStatus defines the observed state of the Cluster.

Field Description
`observedGeneration`
int64
(Optional)

The most recent generation number of the Cluster object that has been observed by the controller.

`phase`
ClusterPhase
(Optional)

The current phase of the Cluster includes: `Creating`, `Running`, `Updating`, `Stopping`, `Stopped`, `Deleting`, `Failed`, `Abnormal`.

`message`
string
(Optional)

Provides additional information about the current phase.

`components`
map[string]github.com/apecloud/kubeblocks/apis/apps/v1alpha1.ClusterComponentStatus
(Optional)

Records the current status information of all Components within the Cluster.

`clusterDefGeneration`
int64
(Optional)

Represents the generation number of the referenced ClusterDefinition.

`conditions`
[]Kubernetes meta/v1.Condition
(Optional)

Represents a list of detailed status of the Cluster object. Each condition in the list provides real-time information about certain aspect of the Cluster object.

This field is crucial for administrators and developers to monitor and respond to changes within the Cluster. It provides a history of state transitions and a snapshot of the current state that can be used for automated logic or direct inspection.

ClusterStorage

(Appears on:ClusterSpec)

ClusterStorage is deprecated since v0.9.

Field Description
`size`
Kubernetes resource.Quantity
(Optional)

Specifies the amount of storage the Cluster needs. For more information, refer to: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/

ClusterSwitchPolicy

(Appears on:ClusterComponentSpec)

ClusterSwitchPolicy defines the switch policy for a Cluster.

Deprecated since v0.9.

Field Description
`type`
SwitchPolicyType
(Optional)

Type specifies the type of switch policy to be applied.

ClusterTopology

(Appears on:ClusterDefinitionSpec)

ClusterTopology represents the definition for a specific cluster topology.

Field Description
`name`
string

Name is the unique identifier for the cluster topology. Cannot be updated.

`components`
[]ClusterTopologyComponent

Components specifies the components in the topology.

`orders`
ClusterTopologyOrders
(Optional)

Specifies the sequence in which components within a cluster topology are started, stopped, and upgraded. This ordering is crucial for maintaining the correct dependencies and operational flow across components.

`default`
bool
(Optional)

Default indicates whether this topology serves as the default configuration. When set to true, this topology is automatically used unless another is explicitly specified.

ClusterTopologyComponent

(Appears on:ClusterTopology)

ClusterTopologyComponent defines a Component within a ClusterTopology.

Field Description
`name`
string

Defines the unique identifier of the component within the cluster topology.

It follows IANA Service naming rules and is used as part of the Service’s DNS name. The name must start with a lowercase letter, can contain lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens, and must end with a lowercase letter or number.

If the @template field is set to true, the name will be used as a prefix to match the specific components dynamically created.

Cannot be updated once set.

`compDef`
string

Specifies the exact name, name prefix, or regular expression pattern for matching the name of the ComponentDefinition custom resource (CR) that defines the Component’s characteristics and behavior.

The system selects the ComponentDefinition CR with the latest version that matches the pattern. This approach allows:

  1. Precise selection by providing the exact name of a ComponentDefinition CR.
  2. Flexible and automatic selection of the most up-to-date ComponentDefinition CR by specifying a name prefix or regular expression pattern.

Cannot be updated once set.

`template`
bool
(Optional)

Specifies whether the topology component will be considered as a template for instantiating components upon user requests dynamically.

Cannot be updated once set.

ClusterTopologyOrders

(Appears on:ClusterTopology)

ClusterTopologyOrders manages the lifecycle of components within a cluster by defining their provisioning, terminating, and updating sequences. It organizes components into stages or groups, where each group indicates a set of components that can be managed concurrently. These groups are processed sequentially, allowing precise control based on component dependencies and requirements.

Field Description
`provision`
[]string
(Optional)

Specifies the order for creating and initializing components. This is designed for components that depend on one another. Components without dependencies can be grouped together.

Components that can be provisioned independently or have no dependencies can be listed together in the same stage, separated by commas.

`terminate`
[]string
(Optional)

Outlines the order for stopping and deleting components. This sequence is designed for components that require a graceful shutdown or have interdependencies.

Components that can be terminated independently or have no dependencies can be listed together in the same stage, separated by commas.

`update`
[]string
(Optional)

Update determines the order for updating components’ specifications, such as image upgrades or resource scaling. This sequence is designed for components that have dependencies or require specific update procedures.

Components that can be updated independently or have no dependencies can be listed together in the same stage, separated by commas.

ClusterVersionSpec

(Appears on:ClusterVersion)

ClusterVersionSpec defines the desired state of ClusterVersion.

Deprecated since v0.9. This struct is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged.

Field Description
`clusterDefinitionRef`
string

Specifies a reference to the ClusterDefinition.

`componentVersions`
[]ClusterComponentVersion

Contains a list of versioning contexts for the components’ containers.

ClusterVersionStatus

(Appears on:ClusterVersion)

ClusterVersionStatus defines the observed state of ClusterVersion.

Deprecated since v0.9. This struct is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged.

Field Description
`phase`
Phase
(Optional)

The current phase of the ClusterVersion.

`message`
string
(Optional)

Provides additional information about the current phase.

`observedGeneration`
int64
(Optional)

The generation number that has been observed by the controller.

`clusterDefGeneration`
int64
(Optional)

The generation number of the ClusterDefinition that is currently being referenced.

CmdExecutorConfig

(Appears on:PostStartAction, SwitchoverAction, SystemAccountSpec)

CmdExecutorConfig specifies how to perform creation and deletion statements.

Deprecated since v0.8.

Field Description
`CommandExecutorEnvItem`
CommandExecutorEnvItem

(Members of `CommandExecutorEnvItem` are embedded into this type.)

`CommandExecutorItem`
CommandExecutorItem

(Members of `CommandExecutorItem` are embedded into this type.)

CommandExecutorEnvItem

(Appears on:CmdExecutorConfig, SwitchoverShortSpec, SystemAccountShortSpec)

CommandExecutorEnvItem is deprecated since v0.8.

Field Description
`image`
string

Specifies the image used to execute the command.

`env`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.EnvVar
(Optional)

A list of environment variables that will be injected into the command execution context.

CommandExecutorItem

(Appears on:CmdExecutorConfig)

CommandExecutorItem is deprecated since v0.8.

Field Description
`command`
[]string

The command to be executed.

`args`
[]string
(Optional)

Additional parameters used in the execution of the command.

CompletionProbe

(Appears on:OpsResourceModifierAction)

Field Description
`initialDelaySeconds`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the number of seconds to wait after the resource has been patched before initiating completion probes. The default value is 5 seconds, with a minimum value of 1.

`timeoutSeconds`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the number of seconds after which the probe times out. The default value is 60 seconds, with a minimum value of 1.

`periodSeconds`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the frequency (in seconds) at which the probe should be performed. The default value is 5 seconds, with a minimum value of 1.

`matchExpressions`
MatchExpressions

Executes expressions regularly, based on the value of PeriodSeconds, to determine if the action has been completed.

ComponentClass

(Appears on:ComponentClassDefinitionStatus, ComponentClassSeries)

Field Description
`name`
string
(Optional)

name is the class name

`args`
[]string
(Optional)

args are variable’s value

`cpu`
Kubernetes resource.Quantity
(Optional)

the CPU of the class

`memory`
Kubernetes resource.Quantity
(Optional)

the memory of the class

ComponentClassDefinitionSpec

(Appears on:ComponentClassDefinition)

ComponentClassDefinitionSpec defines the desired state of ComponentClassDefinition

Field Description
`groups`
[]ComponentClassGroup
(Optional)

group defines a list of class series that conform to the same constraint.

ComponentClassDefinitionStatus

(Appears on:ComponentClassDefinition)

ComponentClassDefinitionStatus defines the observed state of ComponentClassDefinition

Field Description
`observedGeneration`
int64
(Optional)

observedGeneration is the most recent generation observed for this ComponentClassDefinition. It corresponds to the ComponentClassDefinition’s generation, which is updated on mutation by the API Server.

`classes`
[]ComponentClass

classes is the list of classes that have been observed for this ComponentClassDefinition

ComponentClassGroup

(Appears on:ComponentClassDefinitionSpec)

Field Description
`template`
string
(Optional)

template is a class definition template that uses the Go template syntax and allows for variable declaration. When defining a class in Series, specifying the variable’s value is sufficient, as the complete class definition will be generated through rendering the template.

For example:


template: |
	 cpu: "{{ or .cpu 1 }}"
	 memory: "{{ or .memory 4 }}Gi"

`vars`
[]string
(Optional)

vars defines the variables declared in the template and will be used to generating the complete class definition by render the template.

`series`
[]ComponentClassSeries
(Optional)

series is a series of class definitions.

ComponentClassSeries

(Appears on:ComponentClassGroup)

Field Description
`namingTemplate`
string
(Optional)

namingTemplate is a template that uses the Go template syntax and allows for referencing variables defined in ComponentClassGroup.Template. This enables dynamic generation of class names. For example: name: “general-{{ .cpu }}c{{ .memory }}g”

`classes`
[]ComponentClass
(Optional)

classes are definitions of classes that come in two forms. In the first form, only ComponentClass.Args need to be defined, and the complete class definition is generated by rendering the ComponentClassGroup.Template and Name. In the second form, the Name, CPU and Memory must be defined.

ComponentConfigSpec

(Appears on:ClusterComponentDefinition, ClusterComponentVersion, ComponentDefinitionSpec, ComponentSpec, ConfigurationItemDetail)

Field Description
`ComponentTemplateSpec`
ComponentTemplateSpec

(Members of `ComponentTemplateSpec` are embedded into this type.)

`keys`
[]string
(Optional)

Specifies the configuration files within the ConfigMap that support dynamic updates.

A configuration template (provided in the form of a ConfigMap) may contain templates for multiple configuration files. Each configuration file corresponds to a key in the ConfigMap. Some of these configuration files may support dynamic modification and reloading without requiring a pod restart.

If empty or omitted, all configuration files in the ConfigMap are assumed to support dynamic updates, and ConfigConstraint applies to all keys.

`legacyRenderedConfigSpec`
LegacyRenderedTemplateSpec
(Optional)

Specifies the secondary rendered config spec for pod-specific customization.

The template is rendered inside the pod (by the “config-manager” sidecar container) and merged with the main template’s render result to generate the final configuration file.

This field is intended to handle scenarios where different pods within the same Component have varying configurations. It allows for pod-specific customization of the configuration.

Note: This field will be deprecated in future versions, and the functionality will be moved to `cluster.spec.componentSpecs[*].instances[*]`.

`constraintRef`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the name of the referenced configuration constraints object.

`asEnvFrom`
[]string
(Optional)

Specifies the containers to inject the ConfigMap parameters as environment variables.

This is useful when application images accept parameters through environment variables and generate the final configuration file in the startup script based on these variables.

This field allows users to specify a list of container names, and KubeBlocks will inject the environment variables converted from the ConfigMap into these designated containers. This provides a flexible way to pass the configuration items from the ConfigMap to the container without modifying the image.

Deprecated: `asEnvFrom` has been deprecated since 0.9.0 and will be removed in 0.10.0. Use `injectEnvTo` instead.

`injectEnvTo`
[]string
(Optional)

Specifies the containers to inject the ConfigMap parameters as environment variables.

This is useful when application images accept parameters through environment variables and generate the final configuration file in the startup script based on these variables.

This field allows users to specify a list of container names, and KubeBlocks will inject the environment variables converted from the ConfigMap into these designated containers. This provides a flexible way to pass the configuration items from the ConfigMap to the container without modifying the image.

`reRenderResourceTypes`
[]RerenderResourceType
(Optional)

Specifies whether the configuration needs to be re-rendered after v-scale or h-scale operations to reflect changes.

In some scenarios, the configuration may need to be updated to reflect the changes in resource allocation or cluster topology. Examples:

  • Redis: adjust maxmemory after v-scale operation.
  • MySQL: increase max connections after v-scale operation.
  • Zookeeper: update zoo.cfg with new node addresses after h-scale operation.

ComponentDefRef

(Appears on:ClusterComponentDefinition)

ComponentDefRef is used to select the component and its fields to be referenced.

Deprecated since v0.8.

Field Description
`componentDefName`
string

The name of the componentDef to be selected.

`failurePolicy`
FailurePolicyType
(Optional)

Defines the policy to be followed in case of a failure in finding the component.

`componentRefEnv`
[]ComponentRefEnv
(Optional)

The values that are to be injected as environment variables into each component.

ComponentDefinitionSpec

(Appears on:ComponentDefinition)

Field Description
`provider`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the name of the Component provider, typically the vendor or developer name. It identifies the entity responsible for creating and maintaining the Component.

When specifying the provider name, consider the following guidelines:

  • Keep the name concise and relevant to the Component.
  • Use a consistent naming convention across Components from the same provider.
  • Avoid using trademarked or copyrighted names without proper permission.
`description`
string
(Optional)

Provides a brief and concise explanation of the Component’s purpose, functionality, and any relevant details. It serves as a quick reference for users to understand the Component’s role and characteristics.

`serviceKind`
string
(Optional)

Defines the type of well-known service protocol that the Component provides. It specifies the standard or widely recognized protocol used by the Component to offer its Services.

The `serviceKind` field allows users to quickly identify the type of Service provided by the Component based on common protocols or service types. This information helps in understanding the compatibility, interoperability, and usage of the Component within a system.

Some examples of well-known service protocols include:

  • “MySQL”: Indicates that the Component provides a MySQL database service.
  • “PostgreSQL”: Indicates that the Component offers a PostgreSQL database service.
  • “Redis”: Signifies that the Component functions as a Redis key-value store.
  • “ETCD”: Denotes that the Component serves as an ETCD distributed key-value store.

The `serviceKind` value is case-insensitive, allowing for flexibility in specifying the protocol name.

When specifying the `serviceKind`, consider the following guidelines:

  • Use well-established and widely recognized protocol names or service types.
  • Ensure that the `serviceKind` accurately represents the primary service type offered by the Component.
  • If the Component provides multiple services, choose the most prominent or commonly used protocol.
  • Limit the `serviceKind` to a maximum of 32 characters for conciseness and readability.

Note: The `serviceKind` field is optional and can be left empty if the Component does not fit into a well-known service category or if the protocol is not widely recognized. It is primarily used to convey information about the Component’s service type to users and facilitate discovery and integration.

The `serviceKind` field is immutable and cannot be updated.

`serviceVersion`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the version of the Service provided by the Component. It follows the syntax and semantics of the “Semantic Versioning” specification (http://semver.org/).

The Semantic Versioning specification defines a version number format of X.Y.Z (MAJOR.MINOR.PATCH), where:

  • X represents the major version and indicates incompatible API changes.
  • Y represents the minor version and indicates added functionality in a backward-compatible manner.
  • Z represents the patch version and indicates backward-compatible bug fixes.

Additional labels for pre-release and build metadata are available as extensions to the X.Y.Z format:

  • Use pre-release labels (e.g., -alpha, -beta) for versions that are not yet stable or ready for production use.
  • Use build metadata (e.g., +build.1) for additional version information if needed.

Examples of valid ServiceVersion values:

  • “1.0.0”
  • “2.3.1”
  • “3.0.0-alpha.1”
  • “4.5.2+build.1”

The `serviceVersion` field is immutable and cannot be updated.

`runtime`
Kubernetes core/v1.PodSpec

Specifies the PodSpec template used in the Component. It includes the following elements:

  • Init containers
  • Containers
    • Image
    • Commands
    • Args
    • Envs
    • Mounts
    • Ports
    • Security context
    • Probes
    • Lifecycle
  • Volumes

This field is intended to define static settings that remain consistent across all instantiated Components. Dynamic settings such as CPU and memory resource limits, as well as scheduling settings (affinity, toleration, priority), may vary among different instantiated Components. They should be specified in the `cluster.spec.componentSpecs` (ClusterComponentSpec).

Specific instances of a Component may override settings defined here, such as using a different container image or modifying environment variable values. These instance-specific overrides can be specified in `cluster.spec.componentSpecs[*].instances`.

This field is immutable and cannot be updated once set.

`monitor`
MonitorConfig
(Optional)

Deprecated since v0.9 monitor is monitoring config which provided by provider.

`exporter`
Exporter
(Optional)

Defines the built-in metrics exporter container.

`vars`
[]EnvVar
(Optional)

Defines variables which are determined after Cluster instantiation and reflect dynamic or runtime attributes of instantiated Clusters. These variables serve as placeholders for setting environment variables in Pods and Actions, or for rendering configuration and script templates before actual values are finalized.

These variables are placed in front of the environment variables declared in the Pod if used as environment variables.

Variable values can be sourced from:

  • ConfigMap: Select and extract a value from a specific key within a ConfigMap.
  • Secret: Select and extract a value from a specific key within a Secret.
  • HostNetwork: Retrieves values (including ports) from host-network resources.
  • Service: Retrieves values (including address, port, NodePort) from a selected Service. Intended to obtain the address of a ComponentService within the same Cluster.
  • Credential: Retrieves account name and password from a SystemAccount variable.
  • ServiceRef: Retrieves address, port, account name and password from a selected ServiceRefDeclaration. Designed to obtain the address bound to a ServiceRef, such as a ClusterService or ComponentService of another cluster or an external service.
  • Component: Retrieves values from a selected Component, including replicas and instance name list.

This field is immutable.

`volumes`
[]ComponentVolume
(Optional)

Defines the volumes used by the Component and some static attributes of the volumes. After defining the volumes here, user can reference them in the `cluster.spec.componentSpecs[*].volumeClaimTemplates` field to configure dynamic properties such as volume capacity and storage class.

This field allows you to specify the following:

  • Snapshot behavior: Determines whether a snapshot of the volume should be taken when performing a snapshot backup of the Component.
  • Disk high watermark: Sets the high watermark for the volume’s disk usage. When the disk usage reaches the specified threshold, it triggers an alert or action.

By configuring these volume behaviors, you can control how the volumes are managed and monitored within the Component.

This field is immutable.

`hostNetwork`
HostNetwork
(Optional)

Specifies the host network configuration for the Component.

When `hostNetwork` option is enabled, the Pods share the host’s network namespace and can directly access the host’s network interfaces. This means that if multiple Pods need to use the same port, they cannot run on the same host simultaneously due to port conflicts.

The DNSPolicy field in the Pod spec determines how containers within the Pod perform DNS resolution. When using hostNetwork, the operator will set the DNSPolicy to ‘ClusterFirstWithHostNet’. With this policy, DNS queries will first go through the K8s cluster’s DNS service. If the query fails, it will fall back to the host’s DNS settings.

If set, the DNS policy will be automatically set to “ClusterFirstWithHostNet”.

This field is immutable.

`services`
[]ComponentService
(Optional)

Defines additional Services to expose the Component’s endpoints.

A default headless Service, named `{cluster.name}-{component.name}-headless`, is automatically created for internal Cluster communication.

This field enables customization of additional Services to expose the Component’s endpoints to other Components within the same or different Clusters, and to external applications. Each Service entry in this list can include properties such as ports, type, and selectors.

  • For intra-Cluster access, Components can reference Services using variables declared in `componentDefinition.spec.vars[*].valueFrom.serviceVarRef`.
  • For inter-Cluster access, reference Services use variables declared in `componentDefinition.spec.vars[*].valueFrom.serviceRefVarRef`, and bind Services at Cluster creation time with `clusterComponentSpec.ServiceRef[*].clusterServiceSelector`.

This field is immutable.

`configs`
[]ComponentConfigSpec
(Optional)

Specifies the configuration file templates and volume mount parameters used by the Component. It also includes descriptions of the parameters in the ConfigMaps, such as value range limitations.

This field specifies a list of templates that will be rendered into Component containers’ configuration files. Each template is represented as a ConfigMap and may contain multiple configuration files, with each file being a key in the ConfigMap.

The rendered configuration files will be mounted into the Component’s containers according to the specified volume mount parameters.

This field is immutable.

`logConfigs`
[]LogConfig
(Optional)

Defines the types of logs generated by instances of the Component and their corresponding file paths. These logs can be collected for further analysis and monitoring.

The `logConfigs` field is an optional list of LogConfig objects, where each object represents a specific log type and its configuration. It allows you to specify multiple log types and their respective file paths for the Component.

Examples:


 logConfigs:
 - filePathPattern: /data/mysql/log/mysqld-error.log
   name: error
 - filePathPattern: /data/mysql/log/mysqld.log
   name: general
 - filePathPattern: /data/mysql/log/mysqld-slowquery.log
   name: slow

This field is immutable.

`scripts`
[]ComponentTemplateSpec
(Optional)

Specifies groups of scripts, each provided via a ConfigMap, to be mounted as volumes in the container. These scripts can be executed during container startup or via specific actions.

Each script group is encapsulated in a ComponentTemplateSpec that includes:

  • The ConfigMap containing the scripts.
  • The mount point where the scripts will be mounted inside the container.

This field is immutable.

`policyRules`
[]Kubernetes rbac/v1.PolicyRule
(Optional)

Defines the namespaced policy rules required by the Component.

The `policyRules` field is an array of `rbacv1.PolicyRule` objects that define the policy rules needed by the Component to operate within a namespace. These policy rules determine the permissions and verbs the Component is allowed to perform on Kubernetes resources within the namespace.

The purpose of this field is to automatically generate the necessary RBAC roles for the Component based on the specified policy rules. This ensures that the Pods in the Component has appropriate permissions to function.

Note: This field is currently non-functional and is reserved for future implementation.

This field is immutable.

`labels`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Specifies static labels that will be patched to all Kubernetes resources created for the Component.

Note: If a label key in the `labels` field conflicts with any system labels or user-specified labels, it will be silently ignored to avoid overriding higher-priority labels.

This field is immutable.

`annotations`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Specifies static annotations that will be patched to all Kubernetes resources created for the Component.

Note: If an annotation key in the `annotations` field conflicts with any system annotations or user-specified annotations, it will be silently ignored to avoid overriding higher-priority annotations.

This field is immutable.

`replicasLimit`
ReplicasLimit
(Optional)

Defines the upper limit of the number of replicas supported by the Component.

It defines the maximum number of replicas that can be created for the Component. This field allows you to set a limit on the scalability of the Component, preventing it from exceeding a certain number of replicas.

This field is immutable.

`systemAccounts`
[]SystemAccount
(Optional)

An array of `SystemAccount` objects that define the system accounts needed for the management operations of the Component.

Each `SystemAccount` includes:

  • Account name.
  • The SQL statement template: Used to create the system account.
  • Password Source: Either generated based on certain rules or retrieved from a Secret.

Use cases for system accounts typically involve tasks like system initialization, backups, monitoring, health checks, replication, and other system-level operations.

System accounts are distinct from user accounts, although both are database accounts.

  • System Accounts: Created during Cluster setup by the KubeBlocks operator, these accounts have higher privileges for system management and are fully managed through a declarative API by the operator.
  • User Accounts: Managed by users or administrator. User account permissions should follow the principle of least privilege, granting only the necessary access rights to complete their required tasks.

This field is immutable.

`updateStrategy`
UpdateStrategy
(Optional)

Specifies the concurrency strategy for updating multiple instances of the Component. Available strategies:

  • `Serial`: Updates replicas one at a time, ensuring minimal downtime by waiting for each replica to become ready before updating the next.
  • `Parallel`: Updates all replicas simultaneously, optimizing for speed but potentially reducing availability during the update.
  • `BestEffortParallel`: Updates replicas concurrently with a limit on simultaneous updates to ensure a minimum number of operational replicas for maintaining quorum. For example, in a 5-replica component, updating a maximum of 2 replicas simultaneously keeps at least 3 operational for quorum.

This field is immutable and defaults to ‘Serial’.

`podManagementPolicy`
Kubernetes apps/v1.PodManagementPolicyType
(Optional)

InstanceSet controls the creation of pods during initial scale up, replacement of pods on nodes, and scaling down.

  • `OrderedReady`: Creates pods in increasing order (pod-0, then pod-1, etc). The controller waits until each pod is ready before continuing. Pods are removed in reverse order when scaling down.
  • `Parallel`: Creates pods in parallel to match the desired scale without waiting. All pods are deleted at once when scaling down.
`roles`
[]ReplicaRole
(Optional)

Enumerate all possible roles assigned to each replica of the Component, influencing its behavior.

A replica can have zero to multiple roles. KubeBlocks operator determines the roles of each replica by invoking the `lifecycleActions.roleProbe` method. This action returns a list of roles for each replica, and the returned roles must be predefined in the `roles` field.

The roles assigned to a replica can influence various aspects of the Component’s behavior, such as:

  • Service selection: The Component’s exposed Services may target replicas based on their roles using `roleSelector`.
  • Update order: The roles can determine the order in which replicas are updated during a Component update. For instance, replicas with a “follower” role can be updated first, while the replica with the “leader” role is updated last. This helps minimize the number of leader changes during the update process.

This field is immutable.

`roleArbitrator`
RoleArbitrator
(Optional)

This field has been deprecated since v0.9. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

This field is immutable.

`lifecycleActions`
ComponentLifecycleActions
(Optional)

Defines a set of hooks and procedures that customize the behavior of a Component throughout its lifecycle. Actions are triggered at specific lifecycle stages:

  • `postProvision`: Defines the hook to be executed after the creation of a Component, with `preCondition` specifying when the action should be fired relative to the Component’s lifecycle stages: `Immediately`, `RuntimeReady`, `ComponentReady`, and `ClusterReady`.
  • `preTerminate`: Defines the hook to be executed before terminating a Component.
  • `roleProbe`: Defines the procedure which is invoked regularly to assess the role of replicas.
  • `switchover`: Defines the procedure for a controlled transition of leadership from the current leader to a new replica. This approach aims to minimize downtime and maintain availability in systems with a leader-follower topology, such as before planned maintenance or upgrades on the current leader node.
  • `memberJoin`: Defines the procedure to add a new replica to the replication group.
  • `memberLeave`: Defines the method to remove a replica from the replication group.
  • `readOnly`: Defines the procedure to switch a replica into the read-only state.
  • `readWrite`: transition a replica from the read-only state back to the read-write state.
  • `dataDump`: Defines the procedure to export the data from a replica.
  • `dataLoad`: Defines the procedure to import data into a replica.
  • `reconfigure`: Defines the procedure that update a replica with new configuration file.
  • `accountProvision`: Defines the procedure to generate a new database account.

This field is immutable.

`serviceRefDeclarations`
[]ServiceRefDeclaration
(Optional)

Lists external service dependencies of the Component, including services from other Clusters or outside the K8s environment.

This field is immutable.

`minReadySeconds`
int32
(Optional)

`minReadySeconds` is the minimum duration in seconds that a new Pod should remain in the ready state without any of its containers crashing to be considered available. This ensures the Pod’s stability and readiness to serve requests.

A default value of 0 seconds means the Pod is considered available as soon as it enters the ready state.

ComponentDefinitionStatus

(Appears on:ComponentDefinition)

ComponentDefinitionStatus defines the observed state of ComponentDefinition.

Field Description
`observedGeneration`
int64
(Optional)

Refers to the most recent generation that has been observed for the ComponentDefinition.

`phase`
Phase
(Optional)

Represents the current status of the ComponentDefinition. Valid values include ``,`Available`, and`Unavailable. When the status isAvailable`, the ComponentDefinition is ready and can be utilized by related objects.

`message`
string
(Optional)

Provides additional information about the current phase.

ComponentInfo

(Appears on:OpsDefinitionSpec)

Field Description
`componentDefinitionName`
string

Specifies the name of the ComponentDefinition. The name can represent an exact name, a name prefix, or a regular expression pattern.

For example:

  • “mysql-8.0.30-v1alpha1”: Matches the exact name “mysql-8.0.30-v1alpha1”
  • “mysql-8.0.30”: Matches all names starting with “mysql-8.0.30”
  • ”^mysql-8.0.\d{1,2}$“: Matches all names starting with “mysql-8.0.” followed by one or two digits.
`accountName`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the account name associated with the Component. If set, the corresponding account username and password are injected into containers’ environment variables `KB_ACCOUNT_USERNAME` and `KB_ACCOUNT_PASSWORD`.

`serviceName`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the name of the Service. If set, the service name is injected as the `KB_COMP_SVC_NAME` environment variable in the containers, and each service port is mapped to a corresponding environment variable named `KB_COMP_SVC_PORT_$(portName)`. The `portName` is transformed by replacing ‘-’ with ‘_’ and converting to uppercase.

ComponentLifecycleActions

(Appears on:ComponentDefinitionSpec)

ComponentLifecycleActions defines a collection of Actions for customizing the behavior of a Component.

Field Description
`postProvision`
LifecycleActionHandler
(Optional)

Specifies the hook to be executed after a component’s creation.

By setting `postProvision.customHandler.preCondition`, you can determine the specific lifecycle stage at which the action should trigger: `Immediately`, `RuntimeReady`, `ComponentReady`, and `ClusterReady`. with `ComponentReady` being the default.

The PostProvision Action is intended to run only once.

The container executing this action has access to following environment variables:

  • KB_CLUSTER_POD_IP_LIST: Comma-separated list of the cluster’s pod IP addresses (e.g., “podIp1,podIp2”).

  • KB_CLUSTER_POD_NAME_LIST: Comma-separated list of the cluster’s pod names (e.g., “pod1,pod2”).

  • KB_CLUSTER_POD_HOST_NAME_LIST: Comma-separated list of host names, each corresponding to a pod in KB_CLUSTER_POD_NAME_LIST (e.g., “hostName1,hostName2”).

  • KB_CLUSTER_POD_HOST_IP_LIST: Comma-separated list of host IP addresses, each corresponding to a pod in KB_CLUSTER_POD_NAME_LIST (e.g., “hostIp1,hostIp2”).

  • KB_CLUSTER_COMPONENT_POD_NAME_LIST: Comma-separated list of all pod names within the component (e.g., “pod1,pod2”).

  • KB_CLUSTER_COMPONENT_POD_IP_LIST: Comma-separated list of pod IP addresses, matching the order of pods in KB_CLUSTER_COMPONENT_POD_NAME_LIST (e.g., “podIp1,podIp2”).

  • KB_CLUSTER_COMPONENT_POD_HOST_NAME_LIST: Comma-separated list of host names for each pod, matching the order of pods in KB_CLUSTER_COMPONENT_POD_NAME_LIST (e.g., “hostName1,hostName2”).

  • KB_CLUSTER_COMPONENT_POD_HOST_IP_LIST: Comma-separated list of host IP addresses for each pod, matching the order of pods in KB_CLUSTER_COMPONENT_POD_NAME_LIST (e.g., “hostIp1,hostIp2”).

  • KB_CLUSTER_COMPONENT_LIST: Comma-separated list of all cluster components (e.g., “comp1,comp2”).

  • KB_CLUSTER_COMPONENT_DELETING_LIST: Comma-separated list of components that are currently being deleted (e.g., “comp1,comp2”).

  • KB_CLUSTER_COMPONENT_UNDELETED_LIST: Comma-separated list of components that are not being deleted (e.g., “comp1,comp2”).

Note: This field is immutable once it has been set.

`preTerminate`
LifecycleActionHandler
(Optional)

Specifies the hook to be executed prior to terminating a component.

The PreTerminate Action is intended to run only once.

This action is executed immediately when a scale-down operation for the Component is initiated. The actual termination and cleanup of the Component and its associated resources will not proceed until the PreTerminate action has completed successfully.

The container executing this action has access to following environment variables:

  • KB_CLUSTER_POD_IP_LIST: Comma-separated list of the cluster’s pod IP addresses (e.g., “podIp1,podIp2”).

  • KB_CLUSTER_POD_NAME_LIST: Comma-separated list of the cluster’s pod names (e.g., “pod1,pod2”).

  • KB_CLUSTER_POD_HOST_NAME_LIST: Comma-separated list of host names, each corresponding to a pod in KB_CLUSTER_POD_NAME_LIST (e.g., “hostName1,hostName2”).

  • KB_CLUSTER_POD_HOST_IP_LIST: Comma-separated list of host IP addresses, each corresponding to a pod in KB_CLUSTER_POD_NAME_LIST (e.g., “hostIp1,hostIp2”).

  • KB_CLUSTER_COMPONENT_POD_NAME_LIST: Comma-separated list of all pod names within the component (e.g., “pod1,pod2”).

  • KB_CLUSTER_COMPONENT_POD_IP_LIST: Comma-separated list of pod IP addresses, matching the order of pods in KB_CLUSTER_COMPONENT_POD_NAME_LIST (e.g., “podIp1,podIp2”).

  • KB_CLUSTER_COMPONENT_POD_HOST_NAME_LIST: Comma-separated list of host names for each pod, matching the order of pods in KB_CLUSTER_COMPONENT_POD_NAME_LIST (e.g., “hostName1,hostName2”).

  • KB_CLUSTER_COMPONENT_POD_HOST_IP_LIST: Comma-separated list of host IP addresses for each pod, matching the order of pods in KB_CLUSTER_COMPONENT_POD_NAME_LIST (e.g., “hostIp1,hostIp2”).

  • KB_CLUSTER_COMPONENT_LIST: Comma-separated list of all cluster components (e.g., “comp1,comp2”).

  • KB_CLUSTER_COMPONENT_DELETING_LIST: Comma-separated list of components that are currently being deleted (e.g., “comp1,comp2”).

  • KB_CLUSTER_COMPONENT_UNDELETED_LIST: Comma-separated list of components that are not being deleted (e.g., “comp1,comp2”).

  • KB_CLUSTER_COMPONENT_IS_SCALING_IN: Indicates whether the component is currently scaling in. If this variable is present and set to “true”, it denotes that the component is undergoing a scale-in operation. During scale-in, data rebalancing is necessary to maintain cluster integrity. Contrast this with a cluster deletion scenario where data rebalancing is not required as the entire cluster is being cleaned up.

Note: This field is immutable once it has been set.

`roleProbe`
RoleProbe
(Optional)

Defines the procedure which is invoked regularly to assess the role of replicas.

This action is periodically triggered by Lorry at the specified interval to determine the role of each replica. Upon successful execution, the action’s output designates the role of the replica, which should match one of the predefined role names within `componentDefinition.spec.roles`. The output is then compared with the previous successful execution result. If a role change is detected, an event is generated to inform the controller, which initiates an update of the replica’s role.

Defining a RoleProbe Action for a Component is required if roles are defined for the Component. It ensures replicas are correctly labeled with their respective roles. Without this, services that rely on roleSelectors might improperly direct traffic to wrong replicas.

The container executing this action has access to following environment variables:

  • KB_POD_FQDN: The FQDN of the Pod whose role is being assessed.
  • KB_SERVICE_PORT: The port used by the database service.
  • KB_SERVICE_USER: The username with the necessary permissions to interact with the database service.
  • KB_SERVICE_PASSWORD: The corresponding password for KB_SERVICE_USER to authenticate with the database service.

Example Output of this action: - On Success: The determined role of the replica, which must align with one of the roles specified in the component definition. - On Failure: An error message, if applicable, indicating why the action failed.

Note: This field is immutable once it has been set.

`switchover`
ComponentSwitchover
(Optional)

Defines the procedure for a controlled transition of leadership from the current leader to a new replica. This approach aims to minimize downtime and maintain availability in systems with a leader-follower topology, during events such as planned maintenance or when performing stop, shutdown, restart, or upgrade operations involving the current leader node.

The container executing this action has access to following environment variables:

  • KB_SWITCHOVER_CANDIDATE_NAME: The name of the pod for the new leader candidate, which may not be specified (empty).
  • KB_SWITCHOVER_CANDIDATE_FQDN: The FQDN of the new leader candidate’s pod, which may not be specified (empty).
  • KB_LEADER_POD_IP: The IP address of the current leader’s pod prior to the switchover.
  • KB_LEADER_POD_NAME: The name of the current leader’s pod prior to the switchover.
  • KB_LEADER_POD_FQDN: The FQDN of the current leader’s pod prior to the switchover.

The environment variables with the following prefixes are deprecated and will be removed in future releases:

  • KB_REPLICATION_PRIMARYPOD
  • KB_CONSENSUS_LEADERPOD

Note: This field is immutable once it has been set.

`memberJoin`
LifecycleActionHandler
(Optional)

Defines the procedure to add a new replica to the replication group.

This action is initiated after a replica pod becomes ready.

The role of the replica (e.g., primary, secondary) will be determined and assigned as part of the action command implementation, or automatically by the database kernel or a sidecar utility like Patroni that implements a consensus algorithm.

The container executing this action has access to following environment variables:

  • KB_SERVICE_PORT: The port used by the database service.
  • KB_SERVICE_USER: The username with the necessary permissions to interact with the database service.
  • KB_SERVICE_PASSWORD: The corresponding password for KB_SERVICE_USER to authenticate with the database service.
  • KB_PRIMARY_POD_FQDN: The FQDN of the primary Pod within the replication group.
  • KB_MEMBER_ADDRESSES: A comma-separated list of Pod addresses for all replicas in the group.
  • KB_NEW_MEMBER_POD_NAME: The pod name of the replica being added to the group.
  • KB_NEW_MEMBER_POD_IP: The IP address of the replica being added to the group.

Expected action output: - On Failure: An error message detailing the reason for any failure encountered during the addition of the new member.

For example, to add a new OBServer to an OceanBase Cluster in ‘zone1’, the following command may be used:


command:
- bash
- -c
- |
   ADDRESS=$(KB_MEMBER_ADDRESSES%%,*)
   HOST=$(echo $ADDRESS | cut -d ':' -f 1)
   PORT=$(echo $ADDRESS | cut -d ':' -f 2)
   CLIENT="mysql -u $KB_SERVICE_USER -p$KB_SERVICE_PASSWORD -P $PORT -h $HOST -e"
	  $CLIENT "ALTER SYSTEM ADD SERVER '$KB_NEW_MEMBER_POD_IP:$KB_SERVICE_PORT' ZONE 'zone1'"

Note: This field is immutable once it has been set.

`memberLeave`
LifecycleActionHandler
(Optional)

Defines the procedure to remove a replica from the replication group.

This action is initiated before remove a replica from the group. The operator will wait for MemberLeave to complete successfully before releasing the replica and cleaning up related Kubernetes resources.

The process typically includes updating configurations and informing other group members about the removal. Data migration is generally not part of this action and should be handled separately if needed.

The container executing this action has access to following environment variables:

  • KB_SERVICE_PORT: The port used by the database service.
  • KB_SERVICE_USER: The username with the necessary permissions to interact with the database service.
  • KB_SERVICE_PASSWORD: The corresponding password for KB_SERVICE_USER to authenticate with the database service.
  • KB_PRIMARY_POD_FQDN: The FQDN of the primary Pod within the replication group.
  • KB_MEMBER_ADDRESSES: A comma-separated list of Pod addresses for all replicas in the group.
  • KB_LEAVE_MEMBER_POD_NAME: The pod name of the replica being removed from the group.
  • KB_LEAVE_MEMBER_POD_IP: The IP address of the replica being removed from the group.

Expected action output: - On Failure: An error message, if applicable, indicating why the action failed.

For example, to remove an OBServer from an OceanBase Cluster in ‘zone1’, the following command can be executed:


command:
- bash
- -c
- |
   ADDRESS=$(KB_MEMBER_ADDRESSES%%,*)
   HOST=$(echo $ADDRESS | cut -d ':' -f 1)
   PORT=$(echo $ADDRESS | cut -d ':' -f 2)
   CLIENT="mysql -u $KB_SERVICE_USER  -p$KB_SERVICE_PASSWORD -P $PORT -h $HOST -e"
	  $CLIENT "ALTER SYSTEM DELETE SERVER '$KB_LEAVE_MEMBER_POD_IP:$KB_SERVICE_PORT' ZONE 'zone1'"

Note: This field is immutable once it has been set.

`readonly`
LifecycleActionHandler
(Optional)

Defines the procedure to switch a replica into the read-only state.

Use Case: This action is invoked when the database’s volume capacity nears its upper limit and space is about to be exhausted.

The container executing this action has access to following environment variables:

  • KB_POD_FQDN: The FQDN of the replica pod whose role is being checked.
  • KB_SERVICE_PORT: The port used by the database service.
  • KB_SERVICE_USER: The username with the necessary permissions to interact with the database service.
  • KB_SERVICE_PASSWORD: The corresponding password for KB_SERVICE_USER to authenticate with the database service.

Expected action output: - On Failure: An error message, if applicable, indicating why the action failed.

Note: This field is immutable once it has been set.

`readwrite`
LifecycleActionHandler
(Optional)

Defines the procedure to transition a replica from the read-only state back to the read-write state.

Use Case: This action is used to bring back a replica that was previously in a read-only state, which restricted write operations, to its normal operational state where it can handle both read and write operations.

The container executing this action has access to following environment variables:

  • KB_POD_FQDN: The FQDN of the replica pod whose role is being checked.
  • KB_SERVICE_PORT: The port used by the database service.
  • KB_SERVICE_USER: The username with the necessary permissions to interact with the database service.
  • KB_SERVICE_PASSWORD: The corresponding password for KB_SERVICE_USER to authenticate with the database service.

Expected action output: - On Failure: An error message, if applicable, indicating why the action failed.

Note: This field is immutable once it has been set.

`dataDump`
LifecycleActionHandler
(Optional)

Defines the procedure for exporting the data from a replica.

Use Case: This action is intended for initializing a newly created replica with data. It involves exporting data from an existing replica and importing it into the new, empty replica. This is essential for synchronizing the state of replicas across the system.

Applicability: Some database engines or associated sidecar applications (e.g., Patroni) may already provide this functionality. In such cases, this action may not be required.

The output should be a valid data dump streamed to stdout. It must exclude any irrelevant information to ensure that only the necessary data is exported for import into the new replica.

Note: This field is immutable once it has been set.

`dataLoad`
LifecycleActionHandler
(Optional)

Defines the procedure for importing data into a replica.

Use Case: This action is intended for initializing a newly created replica with data. It involves exporting data from an existing replica and importing it into the new, empty replica. This is essential for synchronizing the state of replicas across the system.

Some database engines or associated sidecar applications (e.g., Patroni) may already provide this functionality. In such cases, this action may not be required.

Data should be received through stdin. If any error occurs during the process, the action must be able to guarantee idempotence to allow for retries from the beginning.

Note: This field is immutable once it has been set.

`reconfigure`
LifecycleActionHandler
(Optional)

Defines the procedure that update a replica with new configuration.

Note: This field is immutable once it has been set.

This Action is reserved for future versions.

`accountProvision`
LifecycleActionHandler
(Optional)

Defines the procedure to generate a new database account.

Use Case: This action is designed to create system accounts that are utilized for replication, monitoring, backup, and other administrative tasks.

Note: This field is immutable once it has been set.

ComponentMessageMap (`map[string]string` alias)

(Appears on:ClusterComponentStatus, ComponentStatus)

ComponentOps

(Appears on:CustomOpsComponent, HorizontalScaling, RebuildInstance, Reconfigure, ScriptSpec, SpecificOpsRequest, UpgradeComponent, VerticalScaling, VolumeExpansion)

ComponentOps specifies the Component to be operated on.

Field Description
`componentName`
string

Specifies the name of the Component as defined in the cluster.spec

ComponentRefEnv

(Appears on:ComponentDefRef)

ComponentRefEnv specifies name and value of an env.

Deprecated since v0.8.

Field Description
`name`
string

The name of the env, it must be a C identifier.

`value`
string
(Optional)

The value of the env.

`valueFrom`
ComponentValueFrom
(Optional)

The source from which the value of the env.

ComponentResourceConstraintSelector

(Appears on:ClusterResourceConstraintSelector, ComponentResourceConstraintSpec)

Field Description
`componentDefRef`
string

In versions prior to KB 0.8.0, ComponentDefRef is the name of the component definition in the ClusterDefinition. In KB 0.8.0 and later versions, ComponentDefRef is the name of ComponentDefinition.

`rules`
[]string

rules are the constraint rules that will be applied to the component.

ComponentResourceConstraintSpec

(Appears on:ComponentResourceConstraint)

ComponentResourceConstraintSpec defines the desired state of ComponentResourceConstraint

Field Description
`rules`
[]ResourceConstraintRule

Component resource constraint rules.

`selector`
[]ClusterResourceConstraintSelector
(Optional)

selector is used to bind the resource constraint to cluster definitions based on ClusterDefinition API.

`componentSelector`
[]ComponentResourceConstraintSelector
(Optional)

componentSelector is used to bind the resource constraint to components based on ComponentDefinition API.

ComponentResourceKey (`string` alias)

ComponentResourceKey defines the resource key of component, such as pod/pvc.

Value Description

"pods"

ComponentService

(Appears on:ComponentDefinitionSpec, ComponentSpec)

ComponentService defines a service that would be exposed as an inter-component service within a Cluster. A Service defined in the ComponentService is expected to be accessed by other Components within the same Cluster.

When a Component needs to use a ComponentService provided by another Component within the same Cluster, it can declare a variable in the `componentDefinition.spec.vars` section and bind it to the specific exposed address of the ComponentService using the `serviceVarRef` field.

Field Description
`Service`
Service

(Members of `Service` are embedded into this type.)

`podService`
bool
(Optional)

Indicates whether to create a corresponding Service for each Pod of the selected Component. When set to true, a set of Services will be automatically generated for each Pod, and the `roleSelector` field will be ignored.

The names of the generated Services will follow the same suffix naming pattern: `$(serviceName)-$(podOrdinal)`. The total number of generated Services will be equal to the number of replicas specified for the Component.

Example usage:


name: my-service
serviceName: my-service
podService: true
disableAutoProvision: true
spec:
  type: NodePort
  ports:
  - name: http
    port: 80
    targetPort: 8080

In this example, if the Component has 3 replicas, three Services will be generated: - my-service-0: Points to the first Pod (podOrdinal: 0) - my-service-1: Points to the second Pod (podOrdinal: 1) - my-service-2: Points to the third Pod (podOrdinal: 2)

Each generated Service will have the specified spec configuration and will target its respective Pod.

This feature is useful when you need to expose each Pod of a Component individually, allowing external access to specific instances of the Component.

`disableAutoProvision`
bool
(Optional)

Indicates whether the automatic provisioning of the service should be disabled.

If set to true, the service will not be automatically created at the component provisioning. Instead, you can enable the creation of this service by specifying it explicitly in the cluster API.

ComponentSpec

(Appears on:Component)

ComponentSpec defines the desired state of Component.

Field Description
`compDef`
string

Specifies the name of the referenced ComponentDefinition.

`serviceVersion`
string
(Optional)

ServiceVersion specifies the version of the Service expected to be provisioned by this Component. The version should follow the syntax and semantics of the “Semantic Versioning” specification (http://semver.org/).

`classDefRef`
ClassDefRef
(Optional)

References the class defined in ComponentClassDefinition.

Deprecated since v0.9. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`serviceRefs`
[]ServiceRef
(Optional)

Defines a list of ServiceRef for a Component, enabling access to both external services and Services provided by other Clusters.

Types of services:

  • External services: Not managed by KubeBlocks or managed by a different KubeBlocks operator; Require a ServiceDescriptor for connection details.
  • Services provided by a Cluster: Managed by the same KubeBlocks operator; identified using Cluster, Component and Service names.

ServiceRefs with identical `serviceRef.name` in the same Cluster are considered the same.

Example:


serviceRefs:
  - name: "redis-sentinel"
    serviceDescriptor:
      name: "external-redis-sentinel"
  - name: "postgres-cluster"
    clusterServiceSelector:
      cluster: "my-postgres-cluster"
      service:
        component: "postgresql"

The example above includes ServiceRefs to an external Redis Sentinel service and a PostgreSQL Cluster.

`labels`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Specifies Labels to override or add for underlying Pods, PVCs, Account & TLS Secrets, Services Owned by Component.

`annotations`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Specifies Annotations to override or add for underlying Pods, PVCs, Account & TLS Secrets, Services Owned by Component.

`env`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.EnvVar
(Optional)

List of environment variables to add.

`resources`
Kubernetes core/v1.ResourceRequirements
(Optional)

Specifies the resources required by the Component. It allows defining the CPU, memory requirements and limits for the Component’s containers.

`volumeClaimTemplates`
[]ClusterComponentVolumeClaimTemplate
(Optional)

Specifies a list of PersistentVolumeClaim templates that define the storage requirements for the Component. Each template specifies the desired characteristics of a persistent volume, such as storage class, size, and access modes. These templates are used to dynamically provision persistent volumes for the Component.

`volumes`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.Volume
(Optional)

List of volumes to override.

`services`
[]ComponentService
(Optional)

Overrides Services defined in referenced ComponentDefinition and exposes endpoints that can be accessed by clients.

`systemAccounts`
[]ComponentSystemAccount
(Optional)

Overrides system accounts defined in the referenced `ComponentDefinition`.

`replicas`
int32

Specifies the desired number of replicas in the Component for enhancing availability and durability, or load balancing.

`configs`
[]ComponentConfigSpec
(Optional)

Reserved field for future use.

`enabledLogs`
[]string
(Optional)

Specifies which types of logs should be collected for the Cluster. The log types are defined in the `componentDefinition.spec.logConfigs` field with the LogConfig entries.

The elements in the `enabledLogs` array correspond to the names of the LogConfig entries. For example, if the `componentDefinition.spec.logConfigs` defines LogConfig entries with names “slow_query_log” and “error_log”, you can enable the collection of these logs by including their names in the `enabledLogs` array:


enabledLogs:
- slow_query_log
- error_log

`serviceAccountName`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the name of the ServiceAccount required by the running Component. This ServiceAccount is used to grant necessary permissions for the Component’s Pods to interact with other Kubernetes resources, such as modifying Pod labels or sending events.

Defaults: If not specified, KubeBlocks automatically assigns a default ServiceAccount named “kb-{cluster.name}”, bound to a default role defined during KubeBlocks installation.

Future Changes: Future versions might change the default ServiceAccount creation strategy to one per Component, potentially revising the naming to “kb-{cluster.name}-{component.name}”.

Users can override the automatic ServiceAccount assignment by explicitly setting the name of an existed ServiceAccount in this field.

`instanceUpdateStrategy`
InstanceUpdateStrategy
(Optional)

Indicates the InstanceUpdateStrategy that will be employed to update Pods in the InstanceSet when a revision is made to Template.

`parallelPodManagementConcurrency`
Kubernetes api utils intstr.IntOrString
(Optional)

Controls the concurrency of pods during initial scale up, when replacing pods on nodes, or when scaling down. It only used when `PodManagementPolicy` is set to `Parallel`. The default Concurrency is 100%.

`podUpdatePolicy`
PodUpdatePolicyType
(Optional)

PodUpdatePolicy indicates how pods should be updated

  • `StrictInPlace` indicates that only allows in-place upgrades. Any attempt to modify other fields will be rejected.
  • `PreferInPlace` indicates that we will first attempt an in-place upgrade of the Pod. If that fails, it will fall back to the ReCreate, where pod will be recreated.
  • `Recreate` indicates that recreate the Pod no matter what fields being updated. Default value is “PreferInPlace”
`affinity`
Affinity
(Optional)

Specifies a group of affinity scheduling rules for the Component. It allows users to control how the Component’s Pods are scheduled onto nodes in the Cluster.

`tolerations`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.Toleration
(Optional)

Allows Pods to be scheduled onto nodes with matching taints. Each toleration in the array allows the Pod to tolerate node taints based on specified `key`, `value`, `effect`, and `operator`.

  • The `key`, `value`, and `effect` identify the taint that the toleration matches.
  • The `operator` determines how the toleration matches the taint.

Pods with matching tolerations are allowed to be scheduled on tainted nodes, typically reserved for specific purposes.

`schedulingPolicy`
SchedulingPolicy
(Optional)

Specifies the scheduling policy for the component.

`tlsConfig`
TLSConfig
(Optional)

Specifies the TLS configuration for the Component, including:

  • A boolean flag that indicates whether the Component should use Transport Layer Security (TLS) for secure communication.
  • An optional field that specifies the configuration for the TLS certificates issuer when TLS is enabled. It allows defining the issuer name and the reference to the secret containing the TLS certificates and key. The secret should contain the CA certificate, TLS certificate, and private key in the specified keys.
`instances`
[]InstanceTemplate
(Optional)

Allows for the customization of configuration values for each instance within a Component. An Instance represent a single replica (Pod and associated K8s resources like PVCs, Services, and ConfigMaps). While instances typically share a common configuration as defined in the ClusterComponentSpec, they can require unique settings in various scenarios:

For example: - A database Component might require different resource allocations for primary and secondary instances, with primaries needing more resources. - During a rolling upgrade, a Component may first update the image for one or a few instances, and then update the remaining instances after verifying that the updated instances are functioning correctly.

InstanceTemplate allows for specifying these unique configurations per instance. Each instance’s name is constructed using the pattern: $(component.name)-$(template.name)-$(ordinal), starting with an ordinal of 0. It is crucial to maintain unique names for each InstanceTemplate to avoid conflicts.

The sum of replicas across all InstanceTemplates should not exceed the total number of Replicas specified for the Component. Any remaining replicas will be generated using the default template and will follow the default naming rules.

`offlineInstances`
[]string
(Optional)

Specifies the names of instances to be transitioned to offline status.

Marking an instance as offline results in the following:

  1. The associated Pod is stopped, and its PersistentVolumeClaim (PVC) is retained for potential future reuse or data recovery, but it is no longer actively used.
  2. The ordinal number assigned to this instance is preserved, ensuring it remains unique and avoiding conflicts with new instances.

Setting instances to offline allows for a controlled scale-in process, preserving their data and maintaining ordinal consistency within the Cluster. Note that offline instances and their associated resources, such as PVCs, are not automatically deleted. The administrator must manually manage the cleanup and removal of these resources when they are no longer needed.

`runtimeClassName`
string
(Optional)

Defines runtimeClassName for all Pods managed by this Component.

`disableExporter`
bool
(Optional)

Determines whether metrics exporter information is annotated on the Component’s headless Service.

If set to true, the following annotations will not be patched into the Service:

  • “monitor.kubeblocks.io/path”
  • “monitor.kubeblocks.io/port”
  • “monitor.kubeblocks.io/scheme”

These annotations allow the Prometheus installed by KubeBlocks to discover and scrape metrics from the exporter.

`stop`
bool
(Optional)

Stop the Component. If set, all the computing resources will be released.

ComponentStatus

(Appears on:Component)

ComponentStatus represents the observed state of a Component within the Cluster.

Field Description
`observedGeneration`
int64
(Optional)

Specifies the most recent generation observed for this Component object.

`conditions`
[]Kubernetes meta/v1.Condition
(Optional)

Represents a list of detailed status of the Component object. Each condition in the list provides real-time information about certain aspect of the Component object.

This field is crucial for administrators and developers to monitor and respond to changes within the Component. It provides a history of state transitions and a snapshot of the current state that can be used for automated logic or direct inspection.

`phase`
ClusterComponentPhase

Indicates the current phase of the Component, with each phase indicating specific conditions:

  • Creating: The initial phase for new Components, transitioning from ‘empty’(“”).
  • Running: All Pods in a Running state.
  • Updating: The Component is currently being updated, with no failed Pods present.
  • Abnormal: Some Pods have failed, indicating a potentially unstable state. However, the cluster remains available as long as a quorum of members is functioning.
  • Failed: A significant number of Pods or critical Pods have failed The cluster may be non-functional or may offer only limited services (e.g, read-only).
  • Stopping: All Pods are being terminated, with current replica count at zero.
  • Stopped: All associated Pods have been successfully deleted.
  • Deleting: The Component is being deleted.
`message`
ComponentMessageMap
(Optional)

A map that stores detailed message about the Component. Each entry in the map provides insights into specific elements of the Component, such as Pods or workloads.

Keys in this map are formatted as `ObjectKind/Name`, where `ObjectKind` could be a type like Pod, and `Name` is the specific name of the object.

ComponentSwitchover

(Appears on:ComponentLifecycleActions)

Field Description
`withCandidate`
Action
(Optional)

Represents the switchover process for a specified candidate primary or leader instance. Note that only Action.Exec is currently supported, while Action.HTTP is not.

`withoutCandidate`
Action
(Optional)

Represents a switchover process that does not involve a specific candidate primary or leader instance. As with the previous field, only Action.Exec is currently supported, not Action.HTTP.

`scriptSpecSelectors`
[]ScriptSpecSelector
(Optional)

Used to define the selectors for the scriptSpecs that need to be referenced. If this field is set, the scripts defined under the ‘scripts’ field can be invoked or referenced within an Action.

This field is deprecated from v0.9. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

ComponentSystemAccount

(Appears on:ClusterComponentSpec, ComponentSpec)

Field Description
`name`
string

The name of the system account.

`passwordConfig`
PasswordConfig
(Optional)

Specifies the policy for generating the account’s password.

This field is immutable once set.

`secretRef`
ProvisionSecretRef
(Optional)

Refers to the secret from which data will be copied to create the new account.

This field is immutable once set.

ComponentTemplateSpec

(Appears on:ClusterComponentDefinition, ComponentConfigSpec, ComponentDefinitionSpec)

Field Description
`name`
string

Specifies the name of the configuration template.

`templateRef`
string

Specifies the name of the referenced configuration template ConfigMap object.

`namespace`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the namespace of the referenced configuration template ConfigMap object. An empty namespace is equivalent to the “default” namespace.

`volumeName`
string

Refers to the volume name of PodTemplate. The configuration file produced through the configuration template will be mounted to the corresponding volume. Must be a DNS_LABEL name. The volume name must be defined in podSpec.containers[*].volumeMounts.

`defaultMode`
int32
(Optional)

The operator attempts to set default file permissions for scripts (0555) and configurations (0444). However, certain database engines may require different file permissions. You can specify the desired file permissions here.

Must be specified as an octal value between 0000 and 0777 (inclusive), or as a decimal value between 0 and 511 (inclusive). YAML supports both octal and decimal values for file permissions.

Please note that this setting only affects the permissions of the files themselves. Directories within the specified path are not impacted by this setting. It’s important to be aware that this setting might conflict with other options that influence the file mode, such as fsGroup. In such cases, the resulting file mode may have additional bits set. Refers to documents of k8s.ConfigMapVolumeSource.defaultMode for more information.

ComponentValueFrom

(Appears on:ComponentRefEnv)

ComponentValueFrom is deprecated since v0.8.

Field Description
`type`
ComponentValueFromType

Specifies the source to select. It can be one of three types: `FieldRef`, `ServiceRef`, `HeadlessServiceRef`.

`fieldPath`
string
(Optional)

The jsonpath of the source to select when the Type is `FieldRef`. Two objects are registered in the jsonpath: `componentDef` and `components`:

  • `componentDef` is the component definition object specified in `componentRef.componentDefName`.
  • `components` are the component list objects referring to the component definition object.
`format`
string
(Optional)

Defines the format of each headless service address. Three builtin variables can be used as placeholders: `$POD_ORDINAL`, `$POD_FQDN`, `$POD_NAME`

  • `$POD_ORDINAL` represents the ordinal of the pod.
  • `$POD_FQDN` represents the fully qualified domain name of the pod.
  • `$POD_NAME` represents the name of the pod.
`joinWith`
string
(Optional)

The string used to join the values of headless service addresses.

ComponentValueFromType (`string` alias)

(Appears on:ComponentValueFrom)

ComponentValueFromType specifies the type of component value from which the data is derived.

Deprecated since v0.8.

Value Description

"FieldRef"

FromFieldRef refers to the value of a specific field in the object.

"HeadlessServiceRef"

FromHeadlessServiceRef refers to a headless service within the same namespace as the object.

"ServiceRef"

FromServiceRef refers to a service within the same namespace as the object.

ComponentVarSelector

(Appears on:VarSource)

ComponentVarSelector selects a var from a Component.

Field Description
`ClusterObjectReference`
ClusterObjectReference

(Members of `ClusterObjectReference` are embedded into this type.)

The Component to select from.

`ComponentVars`
ComponentVars

(Members of `ComponentVars` are embedded into this type.)

ComponentVars

(Appears on:ComponentVarSelector)

Field Description
`componentName`
VarOption
(Optional)

Reference to the name of the Component object.

`replicas`
VarOption
(Optional)

Reference to the replicas of the component.

`instanceNames`
VarOption
(Optional)

Reference to the instanceName list of the component. and the value will be presented in the following format: instanceName1,instanceName2,…

`podFQDNs`
VarOption
(Optional)

Reference to the pod FQDN list of the component. The value will be presented in the following format: FQDN1,FQDN2,…

ComponentVersionCompatibilityRule

(Appears on:ComponentVersionSpec)

ComponentVersionCompatibilityRule defines the compatibility between a set of component definitions and a set of releases.

Field Description
`compDefs`
[]string

CompDefs specifies names for the component definitions associated with this ComponentVersion. Each name in the list can represent an exact name, a name prefix, or a regular expression pattern.

For example:

  • “mysql-8.0.30-v1alpha1”: Matches the exact name “mysql-8.0.30-v1alpha1”
  • “mysql-8.0.30”: Matches all names starting with “mysql-8.0.30”
  • ”^mysql-8.0.\d{1,2}$“: Matches all names starting with “mysql-8.0.” followed by one or two digits.
`releases`
[]string

Releases is a list of identifiers for the releases.

ComponentVersionRelease

(Appears on:ComponentVersionSpec)

ComponentVersionRelease represents a release of component instances within a ComponentVersion.

Field Description
`name`
string

Name is a unique identifier for this release. Cannot be updated.

`changes`
string
(Optional)

Changes provides information about the changes made in this release.

`serviceVersion`
string

ServiceVersion defines the version of the well-known service that the component provides. The version should follow the syntax and semantics of the “Semantic Versioning” specification (http://semver.org/). If the release is used, it will serve as the service version for component instances, overriding the one defined in the component definition. Cannot be updated.

`images`
map[string]string

Images define the new images for different containers within the release.

ComponentVersionSpec

(Appears on:ComponentVersion)

ComponentVersionSpec defines the desired state of ComponentVersion

Field Description
`compatibilityRules`
[]ComponentVersionCompatibilityRule

CompatibilityRules defines compatibility rules between sets of component definitions and releases.

`releases`
[]ComponentVersionRelease

Releases represents different releases of component instances within this ComponentVersion.

ComponentVersionStatus

(Appears on:ComponentVersion)

ComponentVersionStatus defines the observed state of ComponentVersion

Field Description
`observedGeneration`
int64
(Optional)

ObservedGeneration is the most recent generation observed for this ComponentVersion.

`phase`
Phase
(Optional)

Phase valid values are ``,`Available`, 'Unavailable`. Available is ComponentVersion become available, and can be used for co-related objects.

`message`
string
(Optional)

Extra message for current phase.

`serviceVersions`
string
(Optional)

ServiceVersions represent the supported service versions of this ComponentVersion.

ComponentVolume

(Appears on:ComponentDefinitionSpec)

Field Description
`name`
string

Specifies the name of the volume. It must be a DNS_LABEL and unique within the pod. More info can be found at: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names Note: This field cannot be updated.

`needSnapshot`
bool
(Optional)

Specifies whether the creation of a snapshot of this volume is necessary when performing a backup of the Component.

Note: This field cannot be updated.

`highWatermark`
int
(Optional)

Sets the critical threshold for volume space utilization as a percentage (0-100).

Exceeding this percentage triggers the system to switch the volume to read-only mode as specified in `componentDefinition.spec.lifecycleActions.readOnly`. This precaution helps prevent space depletion while maintaining read-only access. If the space utilization later falls below this threshold, the system reverts the volume to read-write mode as defined in `componentDefinition.spec.lifecycleActions.readWrite`, restoring full functionality.

Note: This field cannot be updated.

ConfigConstraintSpec

(Appears on:ConfigConstraint)

ConfigConstraintSpec defines the desired state of ConfigConstraint

Field Description
`reloadOptions`
ReloadOptions
(Optional)

Specifies the dynamic reload action supported by the engine. When set, the controller executes the method defined here to execute hot parameter updates.

Dynamic reloading is triggered only if both of the following conditions are met:

  1. The modified parameters are listed in the `dynamicParameters` field. If `reloadStaticParamsBeforeRestart` is set to true, modifications to `staticParameters` can also trigger a reload.
  2. `reloadOptions` is set.

If `reloadOptions` is not set or the modified parameters are not listed in `dynamicParameters`, dynamic reloading will not be triggered.

Example:


reloadOptions:
 tplScriptTrigger:
   namespace: kb-system
   scriptConfigMapRef: mysql-reload-script
   sync: true

`dynamicActionCanBeMerged`
bool
(Optional)

Indicates whether to consolidate dynamic reload and restart actions into a single restart.

  • If true, updates requiring both actions will result in only a restart, merging the actions.
  • If false, updates will trigger both actions executed sequentially: first dynamic reload, then restart.

This flag allows for more efficient handling of configuration changes by potentially eliminating an unnecessary reload step.

`reloadStaticParamsBeforeRestart`
bool
(Optional)

Configures whether the dynamic reload specified in `reloadOptions` applies only to dynamic parameters or to all parameters (including static parameters).

  • false (default): Only modifications to the dynamic parameters listed in `dynamicParameters` will trigger a dynamic reload.
  • true: Modifications to both dynamic parameters listed in `dynamicParameters` and static parameters listed in `staticParameters` will trigger a dynamic reload. The “true” option is for certain engines that require static parameters to be set via SQL statements before they can take effect on restart.
`toolsImageSpec`
ToolsSetup
(Optional)

Specifies the tools container image used by ShellTrigger for dynamic reload. If the dynamic reload action is triggered by a ShellTrigger, this field is required. This image must contain all necessary tools for executing the ShellTrigger scripts.

Usually the specified image is referenced by the init container, which is then responsible for copy the tools from the image to a bin volume. This ensures that the tools are available to the ‘config-manager’ sidecar.

`downwardAPIOptions`
[]DownwardAPIChangeTriggeredAction
(Optional)

Specifies a list of actions to execute specified commands based on Pod labels.

It utilizes the K8s Downward API to mount label information as a volume into the pod. The ‘config-manager’ sidecar container watches for changes in the role label and dynamically invoke registered commands (usually execute some SQL statements) when a change is detected.

It is designed for scenarios where:

  • Replicas with different roles have different configurations, such as Redis primary & secondary replicas.
  • After a role switch (e.g., from secondary to primary), some changes in configuration are needed to reflect the new role.
`scriptConfigs`
[]ScriptConfig
(Optional)

A list of ScriptConfig Object.

Each ScriptConfig object specifies a ConfigMap that contains script files that should be mounted inside the pod. The scripts are mounted as volumes and can be referenced and executed by the dynamic reload and DownwardAction to perform specific tasks or configurations.

`cfgSchemaTopLevelName`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the top-level key in the ‘configurationSchema.cue’ that organizes the validation rules for parameters. This key must exist within the CUE script defined in ‘configurationSchema.cue’.

`configurationSchema`
CustomParametersValidation
(Optional)

Defines a list of parameters including their names, default values, descriptions, types, and constraints (permissible values or the range of valid values).

`staticParameters`
[]string
(Optional)

List static parameters. Modifications to any of these parameters require a restart of the process to take effect.

`dynamicParameters`
[]string
(Optional)

List dynamic parameters. Modifications to these parameters trigger a configuration reload without requiring a process restart.

`immutableParameters`
[]string
(Optional)

Lists the parameters that cannot be modified once set. Attempting to change any of these parameters will be ignored.

`selector`
Kubernetes meta/v1.LabelSelector
(Optional)

Used to match labels on the pod to determine whether a dynamic reload should be performed.

In some scenarios, only specific pods (e.g., primary replicas) need to undergo a dynamic reload. The `selector` allows you to specify label selectors to target the desired pods for the reload process.

If the `selector` is not specified or is nil, all pods managed by the workload will be considered for the dynamic reload.

`formatterConfig`
FileFormatConfig

Specifies the format of the configuration file and any associated parameters that are specific to the chosen format. Supported formats include `ini`, `xml`, `yaml`, `json`, `hcl`, `dotenv`, `properties`, and `toml`.

Each format may have its own set of parameters that can be configured. For instance, when using the `ini` format, you can specify the section name.

Example:


formatterConfig:
 format: ini
 iniConfig:
   sectionName: mysqld

ConfigConstraintStatus

(Appears on:ConfigConstraint)

ConfigConstraintStatus represents the observed state of a ConfigConstraint.

Field Description
`phase`
ConfigConstraintPhase
(Optional)

Specifies the status of the configuration template. When set to CCAvailablePhase, the ConfigConstraint can be referenced by ClusterDefinition or ClusterVersion.

`message`
string
(Optional)

Provides descriptions for abnormal states.

`observedGeneration`
int64
(Optional)

Refers to the most recent generation observed for this ConfigConstraint. This value is updated by the API Server.

ConfigMapRef

(Appears on:UserResourceRefs)

ConfigMapRef defines a reference to a ConfigMap.

Field Description
`ResourceMeta`
ResourceMeta

(Members of `ResourceMeta` are embedded into this type.)

`configMap`
Kubernetes core/v1.ConfigMapVolumeSource

ConfigMap specifies the ConfigMap to be mounted as a volume.

ConfigParams

(Appears on:ConfigurationItemDetail)

Field Description
`content`
string
(Optional)

Holds the configuration keys and values. This field is a workaround for issues found in kubebuilder and code-generator. Refer to https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/kubebuilder/issues/528 and https://github.com/kubernetes/code-generator/issues/50 for more details.

Represents the content of the configuration file.

`parameters`
map[string]*string
(Optional)

Represents the updated parameters for a single configuration file.

ConfigTemplateExtension

(Appears on:ConfigurationItemDetail, LegacyRenderedTemplateSpec)

Field Description
`templateRef`
string

Specifies the name of the referenced configuration template ConfigMap object.

`namespace`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the namespace of the referenced configuration template ConfigMap object. An empty namespace is equivalent to the “default” namespace.

`policy`
MergedPolicy
(Optional)

Defines the strategy for merging externally imported templates into component templates.

ConfigurationItem

(Appears on:Reconfigure)

Field Description
`name`
string

Specifies the name of the configuration template.

`policy`
UpgradePolicy
(Optional)

Defines the upgrade policy for the configuration.

`keys`
[]ParameterConfig

Sets the configuration files and their associated parameters that need to be updated. It should contain at least one item.

ConfigurationItemDetail

(Appears on:ConfigurationSpec)

ConfigurationItemDetail corresponds to settings of a configuration template (a ConfigMap).

Field Description
`name`
string

Defines the unique identifier of the configuration template.

It must be a string of maximum 63 characters, and can only include lowercase alphanumeric characters, hyphens, and periods. The name must start and end with an alphanumeric character.

`version`
string
(Optional)

Deprecated: No longer used. Please use ‘Payload’ instead. Previously represented the version of the configuration template.

`payload`
Payload
(Optional)

External controllers can trigger a configuration rerender by modifying this field.

Note: Currently, the `payload` field is opaque and its content is not interpreted by the system. Modifying this field will cause a rerender, regardless of the specific content of this field.

`configSpec`
ComponentConfigSpec
(Optional)

Specifies the name of the configuration template (a ConfigMap), ConfigConstraint, and other miscellaneous options.

The configuration template is a ConfigMap that contains multiple configuration files. Each configuration file is stored as a key-value pair within the ConfigMap.

ConfigConstraint allows defining constraints and validation rules for configuration parameters. It ensures that the configuration adheres to certain requirements and limitations.

`importTemplateRef`
ConfigTemplateExtension
(Optional)

Specifies the user-defined configuration template.

When provided, the `importTemplateRef` overrides the default configuration template specified in `configSpec.templateRef`. This allows users to customize the configuration template according to their specific requirements.

`configFileParams`
map[string]github.com/apecloud/kubeblocks/apis/apps/v1alpha1.ConfigParams
(Optional)

Specifies the user-defined configuration parameters.

When provided, the parameter values in `configFileParams` override the default configuration parameters. This allows users to override the default configuration according to their specific needs.

ConfigurationItemDetailStatus

(Appears on:ConfigurationStatus)

Field Description
`name`
string

Specifies the name of the configuration template. It is a required field and must be a string of maximum 63 characters. The name should only contain lowercase alphanumeric characters, hyphens, or periods. It should start and end with an alphanumeric character.

`phase`
ConfigurationPhase
(Optional)

Indicates the current status of the configuration item.

Possible values include “Creating”, “Init”, “Running”, “Pending”, “Merged”, “MergeFailed”, “FailedAndPause”, “Upgrading”, “Deleting”, “FailedAndRetry”, “Finished”.

`lastDoneRevision`
string
(Optional)

Represents the last completed revision of the configuration item. This field is optional.

`updateRevision`
string
(Optional)

Represents the updated revision of the configuration item. This field is optional.

`message`
string
(Optional)

Provides a description of any abnormal status. This field is optional.

`reconcileDetail`
ReconcileDetail
(Optional)

Provides detailed information about the execution of the configuration change. This field is optional.

ConfigurationItemStatus

(Appears on:ReconfiguringStatus)

Field Description
`name`
string

Indicates the name of the configuration template (as ConfigMap).

`updatePolicy`
UpgradePolicy
(Optional)

Records the UpgradePolicy of the configuration change operation.

`status`
string
(Optional)

Represents the current state of the reconfiguration state machine. Possible values include “Creating”, “Init”, “Running”, “Pending”, “Merged”, “MergeFailed”, “FailedAndPause”, “Upgrading”, “Deleting”, “FailedAndRetry”, “Finished”, “ReconfigurePersisting”, “ReconfigurePersisted”.

`message`
string
(Optional)

Provides details about the operation.

`succeedCount`
int32
(Optional)

Records the number of pods successfully updated following a configuration change.

`expectedCount`
int32
(Optional)

Represents the total count of pods intended to be updated by a configuration change.

`lastStatus`
string
(Optional)

Records the last state of the reconfiguration finite state machine. Possible values include “None”, “Retry”, “Failed”, “NotSupport”, “FailedAndRetry”.

  • “None” describes fsm has finished and quit.
  • “Retry” describes fsm is running.
  • “Failed” describes fsm is failed and exited.
  • “NotSupport” describes fsm does not support the feature.
  • “FailedAndRetry” describes fsm is failed in current state, but can be retried.
`lastAppliedConfiguration`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Stores the last applied configuration.

`updatedParameters`
UpdatedParameters
(Optional)

Contains the updated parameters.

ConfigurationPhase (`string` alias)

(Appears on:ConfigurationItemDetailStatus)

ConfigurationPhase defines the Configuration FSM phase

Value Description

"Creating"

"Deleting"

"FailedAndPause"

"FailedAndRetry"

"Finished"

"Init"

"MergeFailed"

"Merged"

"Pending"

"Running"

"Upgrading"

ConfigurationSpec

(Appears on:Configuration)

ConfigurationSpec defines the desired state of a Configuration resource.

Field Description
`clusterRef`
string

Specifies the name of the Cluster that this configuration is associated with.

`componentName`
string

Represents the name of the Component that this configuration pertains to.

`configItemDetails`
[]ConfigurationItemDetail
(Optional)

ConfigItemDetails is an array of ConfigurationItemDetail objects.

Each ConfigurationItemDetail corresponds to a configuration template, which is a ConfigMap that contains multiple configuration files. Each configuration file is stored as a key-value pair within the ConfigMap.

The ConfigurationItemDetail includes information such as:

  • The configuration template (a ConfigMap)
  • The corresponding ConfigConstraint (constraints and validation rules for the configuration)
  • Volume mounts (for mounting the configuration files)

ConfigurationStatus

(Appears on:Configuration)

ConfigurationStatus represents the observed state of a Configuration resource.

Field Description
`message`
string
(Optional)

Provides a description of any abnormal status.

`observedGeneration`
int64
(Optional)

Represents the latest generation observed for this ClusterDefinition. It corresponds to the ConfigConstraint’s generation, which is updated by the API Server.

`conditions`
[]Kubernetes meta/v1.Condition
(Optional)

Provides detailed status information for opsRequest.

`configurationStatus`
[]ConfigurationItemDetailStatus

Provides the status of each component undergoing reconfiguration.

ConnectionCredentialAuth

(Appears on:ServiceDescriptorSpec)

ConnectionCredentialAuth specifies the authentication credentials required for accessing an external service.

Field Description
`username`
CredentialVar
(Optional)

Specifies the username for the external service.

`password`
CredentialVar
(Optional)

Specifies the password for the external service.

ConnectionCredentialKey

(Appears on:TargetInstance)

Field Description
`passwordKey`
string
(Optional)

Represents the key of the password in the connection credential secret. If not specified, the default key “password” is used.

`usernameKey`
string
(Optional)

Represents the key of the username in the connection credential secret. If not specified, the default key “username” is used.

`hostKey`
string

Defines the key of the host in the connection credential secret.

`portKey`
string

Indicates map key of the port in the connection credential secret.

ConsensusMember

(Appears on:ConsensusSetSpec)

ConsensusMember is deprecated since v0.7.

Field Description
`name`
string

Specifies the name of the consensus member.

`accessMode`
AccessMode

Specifies the services that this member is capable of providing.

`replicas`
int32
(Optional)

Indicates the number of Pods that perform this role. The default is 1 for `Leader`, 0 for `Learner`, others for `Followers`.

ConsensusSetSpec

(Appears on:ClusterComponentDefinition)

ConsensusSetSpec is deprecated since v0.7.

Field Description
`StatefulSetSpec`
StatefulSetSpec

(Members of `StatefulSetSpec` are embedded into this type.)

`leader`
ConsensusMember

Represents a single leader in the consensus set.

`followers`
[]ConsensusMember
(Optional)

Members of the consensus set that have voting rights but are not the leader.

`learner`
ConsensusMember
(Optional)

Represents a member of the consensus set that does not have voting rights.

ContainerVars

(Appears on:HostNetworkVars)

ContainerVars defines the vars that can be referenced from a Container.

Field Description
`name`
string

The name of the container.

`port`
NamedVar
(Optional)

Container port to reference.

CredentialVar

(Appears on:ConnectionCredentialAuth, ServiceDescriptorSpec)

CredentialVar represents a variable that retrieves its value either directly from a specified expression or from a source defined in `valueFrom`. Only one of these options may be used at a time.

Field Description
`value`
string
(Optional)

Holds a direct string or an expression that can be evaluated to a string.

It can include variables denoted by $(VAR_NAME). These variables are expanded to the value of the environment variables defined in the container. If a variable cannot be resolved, it remains unchanged in the output.

To escape variable expansion and retain the literal value, use double $ characters.

For example:

  • ”$(VAR_NAME)” will be expanded to the value of the environment variable VAR_NAME.
  • ”$$(VAR_NAME)” will result in “$(VAR_NAME)” in the output, without any variable expansion.

Default value is an empty string.

`valueFrom`
Kubernetes core/v1.EnvVarSource
(Optional)

Specifies the source for the variable’s value.

CredentialVarSelector

(Appears on:VarSource)

CredentialVarSelector selects a var from a Credential (SystemAccount).

Field Description
`ClusterObjectReference`
ClusterObjectReference

(Members of `ClusterObjectReference` are embedded into this type.)

The Credential (SystemAccount) to select from.

`CredentialVars`
CredentialVars

(Members of `CredentialVars` are embedded into this type.)

CredentialVars

(Appears on:CredentialVarSelector, ServiceRefVars)

CredentialVars defines the vars that can be referenced from a Credential (SystemAccount). !!!!! CredentialVars will only be used as environment variables for Pods & Actions, and will not be used to render the templates.

Field Description
`username`
VarOption
(Optional)
`password`
VarOption
(Optional)

CustomLabelSpec

(Appears on:ClusterComponentDefinition)

CustomLabelSpec is deprecated since v0.8.

Field Description
`key`
string

The key of the label.

`value`
string

The value of the label.

`resources`
[]GVKResource

The resources that will be patched with the label.

CustomOps

(Appears on:SpecificOpsRequest)

Field Description
`opsDefinitionName`
string

Specifies the name of the OpsDefinition.

`serviceAccountName`
string

Specifies the name of the ServiceAccount to be used for executing the custom operation.

`maxConcurrentComponents`
Kubernetes api utils intstr.IntOrString
(Optional)

Specifies the maximum number of components to be operated on concurrently to mitigate performance impact on clusters with multiple components.

It accepts an absolute number (e.g., 5) or a percentage of components to execute in parallel (e.g., “10%”). Percentages are rounded up to the nearest whole number of components. For example, if “10%” results in less than one, it rounds up to 1.

When unspecified, all components are processed simultaneously by default.

Note: This feature is not implemented yet.

`components`
[]CustomOpsComponent

Specifies the components and their parameters for executing custom actions as defined in OpsDefinition. Requires at least one component.

CustomOpsComponent

(Appears on:CustomOps)

Field Description
`ComponentOps`
ComponentOps

(Members of `ComponentOps` are embedded into this type.)

Specifies the name of the Component.

`parameters`
[]Parameter
(Optional)

Specifies the parameters that match the schema specified in the `opsDefinition.spec.parametersSchema`.

CustomParametersValidation

(Appears on:ConfigConstraintSpec)

CustomParametersValidation Defines a list of configuration items with their names, default values, descriptions, types, and constraints.

Field Description
`cue`
string
(Optional)

Hold a string that contains a script written in CUE language that defines a list of configuration items. Each item is detailed with its name, default value, description, type (e.g. string, integer, float), and constraints (permissible values or the valid range of values).

CUE (Configure, Unify, Execute) is a declarative language designed for defining and validating complex data configurations. It is particularly useful in environments like K8s where complex configurations and validation rules are common.

This script functions as a validator for user-provided configurations, ensuring compliance with the established specifications and constraints.

`schema`
Kubernetes api extensions v1.JSONSchemaProps

Generated from the ‘cue’ field and transformed into a JSON format.

EnvMappingVar

(Appears on:BackupMethod)

Field Description
`key`
string

Specifies the environment variable key in the mapping.

`valueFrom`
ValueFrom

Specifies the source used to derive the value of the environment variable, which typically represents the tool image required for backup operation.

EnvVar

(Appears on:ComponentDefinitionSpec)

EnvVar represents a variable present in the env of Pod/Action or the template of config/script.

Field Description
`name`
string

Name of the variable. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.

`value`
string
(Optional)

Variable references `$(VAR_NAME)` are expanded using the previously defined variables in the current context.

If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. Double `$$` are reduced to a single `$`, which allows for escaping the `$(VAR_NAME)` syntax: i.e.

  • `$$(VAR_NAME)` will produce the string literal `$(VAR_NAME)`.

Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. Defaults to “”.

`valueFrom`
VarSource
(Optional)

Source for the variable’s value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.

`expression`
string
(Optional)

A Go template expression that will be applied to the resolved value of the var.

The expression will only be evaluated if the var is successfully resolved to a non-credential value.

The resolved value can be accessed by its name within the expression, system vars and other user-defined non-credential vars can be used within the expression in the same way. Notice that, when accessing vars by its name, you should replace all the “-” in the name with “_”, because of that “-” is not a valid identifier in Go.

All expressions are evaluated in the order the vars are defined. If a var depends on any vars that also have expressions defined, be careful about the evaluation order as it may use intermediate values.

The result of evaluation will be used as the final value of the var. If the expression fails to evaluate, the resolving of var will also be considered failed.

EnvVarRef

(Appears on:OpsVarSource)

Field Description
`targetContainerName`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the container name in the target Pod. If not specified, the first container will be used by default.

`envName`
string

Defines the name of the environment variable. This name can originate from an ‘env’ entry or be a data key from an ‘envFrom’ source.

ExecAction

(Appears on:Action)

ExecAction describes an Action that executes a command inside a container. Which may run as a K8s job or be executed inside the Lorry sidecar container, depending on the implementation. Future implementations will standardize execution within Lorry.

Field Description
`command`
[]string
(Optional)

Specifies the command to be executed inside the container. The working directory for this command is the container’s root directory(‘/’). Commands are executed directly without a shell environment, meaning shell-specific syntax (‘|’, etc.) is not supported. If the shell is required, it must be explicitly invoked in the command.

A successful execution is indicated by an exit status of 0; any non-zero status signifies a failure.

`args`
[]string
(Optional)

Args represents the arguments that are passed to the `command` for execution.

Exporter

(Appears on:ClusterComponentDefinition, ComponentDefinitionSpec)

Field Description
`containerName`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the name of the built-in metrics exporter container.

`scrapePath`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the http/https url path to scrape for metrics. If empty, Prometheus uses the default value (e.g. `/metrics`).

`scrapePort`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the port name to scrape for metrics.

`scrapeScheme`
PrometheusScheme
(Optional)

Specifies the schema to use for scraping. `http` and `https` are the expected values unless you rewrite the `__scheme__` label via relabeling. If empty, Prometheus uses the default value `http`.

ExporterConfig

(Appears on:MonitorConfig)

Field Description
`scrapePort`
Kubernetes api utils intstr.IntOrString

scrapePort is exporter port for Time Series Database to scrape metrics.

`scrapePath`
string
(Optional)

scrapePath is exporter url path for Time Series Database to scrape metrics.

Expose

(Appears on:SpecificOpsRequest)

Field Description
`componentName`
string

Specifies the name of the Component.

`switch`
ExposeSwitch

Indicates whether the services will be exposed. ‘Enable’ exposes the services. while ‘Disable’ removes the exposed Service.

`services`
[]OpsService

Specifies a list of OpsService. When an OpsService is exposed, a corresponding ClusterService will be added to `cluster.spec.services`. On the other hand, when an OpsService is unexposed, the corresponding ClusterService will be removed from `cluster.spec.services`.

Note: If `componentName` is not specified, the `ports` and `selector` fields must be provided in each OpsService definition.

ExposeSwitch (`string` alias)

(Appears on:Expose)

ExposeSwitch Specifies the switch for the expose operation. This switch can be used to enable or disable the expose operation.

Value Description

"Disable"

"Enable"

FailurePolicyType (`string` alias)

(Appears on:ComponentDefRef, OpsAction)

FailurePolicyType specifies the type of failure policy.

Value Description

"Fail"

FailurePolicyFail means that an error will be reported.

"Ignore"

FailurePolicyIgnore means that an error will be ignored but logged.

GVKResource

(Appears on:CustomLabelSpec)

GVKResource is deprecated since v0.8.

Field Description
`gvk`
string

Represents the GVK of a resource, such as “v1/Pod”, “apps/v1/StatefulSet”, etc. When a resource matching this is found by the selector, a custom label will be added if it doesn’t already exist, or updated if it does.

`selector`
map[string]string
(Optional)

A label query used to filter a set of resources.

HScaleDataClonePolicyType (`string` alias)

(Appears on:HorizontalScalePolicy)

HScaleDataClonePolicyType defines the data clone policy to be used during horizontal scaling. This policy determines how data is handled when new nodes are added to the cluster. The policy can be set to `None`, `CloneVolume`, or `Snapshot`.

Value Description

"CloneVolume"

HScaleDataClonePolicyCloneVolume indicates that data will be cloned from existing volumes during horizontal scaling.

"Snapshot"

HScaleDataClonePolicyFromSnapshot indicates that data will be cloned from a snapshot during horizontal scaling.

"None"

HScaleDataClonePolicyNone indicates that no data cloning will occur during horizontal scaling.

HTTPAction

(Appears on:Action)

HTTPAction describes an Action that triggers HTTP requests. HTTPAction is to be implemented in future version.

Field Description
`path`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the endpoint to be requested on the HTTP server.

`port`
Kubernetes api utils intstr.IntOrString

Specifies the target port for the HTTP request. It can be specified either as a numeric value in the range of 1 to 65535, or as a named port that meets the IANA_SVC_NAME specification.

`host`
string
(Optional)

Indicates the server’s domain name or IP address. Defaults to the Pod’s IP. Prefer setting the “Host” header in httpHeaders when needed.

`scheme`
Kubernetes core/v1.URIScheme
(Optional)

Designates the protocol used to make the request, such as HTTP or HTTPS. If not specified, HTTP is used by default.

`method`
string
(Optional)

Represents the type of HTTP request to be made, such as “GET,” “POST,” “PUT,” etc. If not specified, “GET” is the default method.

`httpHeaders`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.HTTPHeader
(Optional)

Allows for the inclusion of custom headers in the request. HTTP permits the use of repeated headers.

HorizontalScalePolicy

(Appears on:ClusterComponentDefinition)

HorizontalScalePolicy is deprecated since v0.8.

Field Description
`type`
HScaleDataClonePolicyType
(Optional)

Determines the data synchronization method when a component scales out. The policy can be one of the following: {None, CloneVolume}. The default policy is `None`.

  • `None`: This is the default policy. It creates an empty volume without data cloning.
  • `CloneVolume`: This policy clones data to newly scaled pods. It first tries to use a volume snapshot. If volume snapshot is not enabled, it will attempt to use a backup tool. If neither method works, it will report an error.
  • `Snapshot`: This policy is deprecated and is an alias for CloneVolume.
`backupPolicyTemplateName`
string
(Optional)

Refers to the backup policy template.

`volumeMountsName`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the volumeMount of the container to backup. This only works if Type is not None. If not specified, the first volumeMount will be selected.

HorizontalScaling

(Appears on:SpecificOpsRequest)

HorizontalScaling defines the parameters of a horizontal scaling operation.

Field Description
`ComponentOps`
ComponentOps

(Members of `ComponentOps` are embedded into this type.)

Specifies the name of the Component.

`shards`
int32

Specifies the desired number of shards for the component. This parameter is mutually exclusive with other parameters.

`replicas`
int32
(Optional)

Deprecated: since v0.9, use scaleOut and scaleIn instead. Specifies the number of replicas for the component. Cannot be used with “scaleIn” and “scaleOut”.

`scaleOut`
ScaleOut
(Optional)

Specifies the replica changes for scaling out components and instance templates, and brings offline instances back online. Can be used in conjunction with the “scaleIn” operation. Note: Any configuration that deletes instances is considered invalid.

`scaleIn`
ScaleIn
(Optional)

Specifies the replica changes for scaling in components and instance templates, and takes specified instances offline. Can be used in conjunction with the “scaleOut” operation. Note: Any configuration that creates instances is considered invalid.

HostNetwork

(Appears on:ComponentDefinitionSpec)

Field Description
`containerPorts`
[]HostNetworkContainerPort
(Optional)

The list of container ports that are required by the component.

HostNetworkContainerPort

(Appears on:HostNetwork)

Field Description
`container`
string

Container specifies the target container within the Pod.

`ports`
[]string

Ports are named container ports within the specified container. These container ports must be defined in the container for proper port allocation.

HostNetworkVarSelector

(Appears on:VarSource)

HostNetworkVarSelector selects a var from host-network resources.

Field Description
`ClusterObjectReference`
ClusterObjectReference

(Members of `ClusterObjectReference` are embedded into this type.)

The component to select from.

`HostNetworkVars`
HostNetworkVars

(Members of `HostNetworkVars` are embedded into this type.)

HostNetworkVars

(Appears on:HostNetworkVarSelector)

HostNetworkVars defines the vars that can be referenced from host-network resources.

Field Description
`container`
ContainerVars
(Optional)

Instance

(Appears on:RebuildInstance)

Field Description
`name`
string

Pod name of the instance.

`targetNodeName`
string
(Optional)

The instance will rebuild on the specified node. If not set, it will rebuild on a random node.

InstanceReplicasTemplate

(Appears on:ReplicaChanger)

InstanceReplicasTemplate defines the template for instance replicas.

Field Description
`name`
string

Specifies the name of the instance template.

`replicaChanges`
int32

Specifies the replica changes for the instance template.

InstanceResourceTemplate

(Appears on:VerticalScaling)

Field Description
`name`
string

Refer to the instance template name of the component or sharding.

`ResourceRequirements`
Kubernetes core/v1.ResourceRequirements

(Members of `ResourceRequirements` are embedded into this type.)

Defines the computational resource size for vertical scaling.

InstanceTemplate

(Appears on:ClusterComponentSpec, ComponentSpec, LastComponentConfiguration, ScaleOut)

InstanceTemplate allows customization of individual replica configurations in a Component.

Field Description
`name`
string

Name specifies the unique name of the instance Pod created using this InstanceTemplate. This name is constructed by concatenating the Component’s name, the template’s name, and the instance’s ordinal using the pattern: $(cluster.name)-$(component.name)-$(template.name)-$(ordinal). Ordinals start from 0. The specified name overrides any default naming conventions or patterns.

`replicas`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the number of instances (Pods) to create from this InstanceTemplate. This field allows setting how many replicated instances of the Component, with the specific overrides in the InstanceTemplate, are created. The default value is 1. A value of 0 disables instance creation.

`annotations`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Specifies a map of key-value pairs to be merged into the Pod’s existing annotations. Existing keys will have their values overwritten, while new keys will be added to the annotations.

`labels`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Specifies a map of key-value pairs that will be merged into the Pod’s existing labels. Values for existing keys will be overwritten, and new keys will be added.

`image`
string
(Optional)

Specifies an override for the first container’s image in the Pod.

`schedulingPolicy`
SchedulingPolicy
(Optional)

Specifies the scheduling policy for the Component.

`resources`
Kubernetes core/v1.ResourceRequirements
(Optional)

Specifies an override for the resource requirements of the first container in the Pod. This field allows for customizing resource allocation (CPU, memory, etc.) for the container.

`env`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.EnvVar
(Optional)

Defines Env to override. Add new or override existing envs.

`volumes`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.Volume
(Optional)

Defines Volumes to override. Add new or override existing volumes.

`volumeMounts`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.VolumeMount
(Optional)

Defines VolumeMounts to override. Add new or override existing volume mounts of the first container in the Pod.

`volumeClaimTemplates`
[]ClusterComponentVolumeClaimTemplate
(Optional)

Defines VolumeClaimTemplates to override. Add new or override existing volume claim templates.

InstanceUpdateStrategy

(Appears on:ClusterComponentSpec, ComponentSpec)

InstanceUpdateStrategy indicates the strategy that the InstanceSet controller will use to perform updates.

Field Description
`partition`
int32
(Optional)

Partition indicates the number of pods that should be updated during a rolling update. The remaining pods will remain untouched. This is helpful in defining how many pods should participate in the update process. The update process will follow the order of pod names in descending lexicographical (dictionary) order. The default value is ComponentSpec.Replicas (i.e., update all pods).

`maxUnavailable`
Kubernetes api utils intstr.IntOrString
(Optional)

The maximum number of pods that can be unavailable during the update. Value can be an absolute number (ex: 5) or a percentage of desired pods (ex: 10%). Absolute number is calculated from percentage by rounding up. This can not be 0. Defaults to 1. The field applies to all pods. That means if there is any unavailable pod, it will be counted towards MaxUnavailable.

InstanceVolumeClaimTemplate

(Appears on:VolumeExpansion)

Field Description
`name`
string

Refer to the instance template name of the component or sharding.

`volumeClaimTemplates`
[]OpsRequestVolumeClaimTemplate

volumeClaimTemplates specifies the storage size and volumeClaimTemplate name.

Issuer

(Appears on:ClusterComponentSpec, TLSConfig)

Issuer defines the TLS certificates issuer for the Cluster.

Field Description
`name`
IssuerName

The issuer for TLS certificates. It only allows two enum values: `KubeBlocks` and `UserProvided`.

  • `KubeBlocks` indicates that the self-signed TLS certificates generated by the KubeBlocks Operator will be used.
  • `UserProvided` means that the user is responsible for providing their own CA, Cert, and Key. In this case, the user-provided CA certificate, server certificate, and private key will be used for TLS communication.
`secretRef`
TLSSecretRef
(Optional)

SecretRef is the reference to the secret that contains user-provided certificates. It is required when the issuer is set to `UserProvided`.

IssuerName (`string` alias)

(Appears on:Issuer)

IssuerName defines the name of the TLS certificates issuer.

Value Description

"KubeBlocks"

IssuerKubeBlocks represents certificates that are signed by the KubeBlocks Operator.

"UserProvided"

IssuerUserProvided indicates that the user has provided their own CA-signed certificates.

JSONPatchOperation

(Appears on:OpsResourceModifierAction)

Field Description
`op`
string

Specifies the type of JSON patch operation. It supports the following values: ‘add’, ‘remove’, ‘replace’.

`path`
string

Specifies the json patch path.

`value`
string

Specifies the value to be used in the JSON patch operation.

KBAccountType (`byte` alias)

KBAccountType is used for bitwise operation.

Value Description

0

LastComponentConfiguration

(Appears on:LastConfiguration, OverrideBy)

LastComponentConfiguration can be used to track and compare the desired state of the Component over time.

Field Description
`replicas`
int32
(Optional)

Records the `replicas` of the Component prior to any changes.

`shards`
int32
(Optional)

Records the `shards` of the Component prior to any changes.

`ResourceRequirements`
Kubernetes core/v1.ResourceRequirements

(Members of `ResourceRequirements` are embedded into this type.)

(Optional)

Records the resources of the Component prior to any changes.

`classDefRef`
ClassDefRef
(Optional)

Records the class of the Component prior to any changes. Deprecated since v0.9.

`volumeClaimTemplates`
[]OpsRequestVolumeClaimTemplate
(Optional)

Records volumes’ storage size of the Component prior to any changes.

`services`
[]ClusterComponentService
(Optional)

Records the ClusterComponentService list of the Component prior to any changes.

`targetResources`
map[github.com/apecloud/kubeblocks/apis/apps/v1alpha1.ComponentResourceKey][]string
(Optional)

Records the information about various types of resources associated with the Component prior to any changes. Currently, only one type of resource is supported: “pods”. The “pods” key maps to a list of names of all Pods of the Component.

`instances`
[]InstanceTemplate
(Optional)

Records the InstanceTemplate list of the Component prior to any changes.

`offlineInstances`
[]string
(Optional)

Records the offline instances of the Component prior to any changes.

`serviceVersion`
string
(Optional)

Records the version of the Service expected to be provisioned by this Component prior to any changes.

`componentDefinitionName`
string
(Optional)

Records the name of the ComponentDefinition prior to any changes.

LastConfiguration

(Appears on:OpsRequestStatus)

Field Description
`clusterVersionRef`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the name of the ClusterVersion. Deprecated and should be removed in the future version.

`components`
map[string]github.com/apecloud/kubeblocks/apis/apps/v1alpha1.LastComponentConfiguration
(Optional)

Records the configuration of each Component prior to any changes.

LegacyRenderedTemplateSpec

(Appears on:ComponentConfigSpec)

LegacyRenderedTemplateSpec describes the configuration extension for the lazy rendered template. Deprecated: LegacyRenderedTemplateSpec has been deprecated since 0.9.0 and will be removed in 0.10.0

Field Description
`ConfigTemplateExtension`
ConfigTemplateExtension

(Members of `ConfigTemplateExtension` are embedded into this type.)

Extends the configuration template.

LetterCase (`string` alias)

(Appears on:PasswordConfig)

LetterCase defines the available cases to be used in password generation.

Value Description

"LowerCases"

LowerCases represents the use of lower case letters only.

"MixedCases"

MixedCases represents the use of a mix of both lower and upper case letters.

"UpperCases"

UpperCases represents the use of upper case letters only.

LifecycleActionHandler

(Appears on:ComponentLifecycleActions, RoleProbe)

LifecycleActionHandler describes the implementation of a specific lifecycle action.

Each action is deemed successful if it returns an exit code of 0 for command executions, or an HTTP 200 status for HTTP(s) actions. Any other exit code or HTTP status is considered an indication of failure.

Field Description
`builtinHandler`
BuiltinActionHandlerType
(Optional)

Specifies the name of the predefined action handler to be invoked for lifecycle actions.

Lorry, as a sidecar agent co-located with the database container in the same Pod, includes a suite of built-in action implementations that are tailored to different database engines. These are known as “builtin” handlers, includes: `mysql`, `redis`, `mongodb`, `etcd`, `postgresql`, `official-postgresql`, `apecloud-postgresql`, `wesql`, `oceanbase`, `polardbx`.

If the `builtinHandler` field is specified, it instructs Lorry to utilize its internal built-in action handler to execute the specified lifecycle actions.

The `builtinHandler` field is of type `BuiltinActionHandlerType`, which represents the name of the built-in handler. The `builtinHandler` specified within the same `ComponentLifecycleActions` should be consistent across all actions. This means that if you specify a built-in handler for one action, you should use the same handler for all other actions throughout the entire `ComponentLifecycleActions` collection.

If you need to define lifecycle actions for database engines not covered by the existing built-in support, or when the pre-existing built-in handlers do not meet your specific needs, you can use the `customHandler` field to define your own action implementation.

Deprecation Notice:

  • In the future, the `builtinHandler` field will be deprecated in favor of using the `customHandler` field for configuring all lifecycle actions.
  • Instead of using a name to indicate the built-in action implementations in Lorry, the recommended approach will be to explicitly invoke the desired action implementation through a gRPC interface exposed by the sidecar agent.
  • Developers will have the flexibility to either use the built-in action implementations provided by Lorry or develop their own sidecar agent to implement custom actions and expose them via gRPC interfaces.
  • This change will allow for greater customization and extensibility of lifecycle actions, as developers can create their own “builtin” implementations tailored to their specific requirements.
`customHandler`
Action
(Optional)

Specifies a user-defined hook or procedure that is called to perform the specific lifecycle action. It offers a flexible and expandable approach for customizing the behavior of a Component by leveraging tailored actions.

An Action can be implemented as either an ExecAction or an HTTPAction, with future versions planning to support GRPCAction, thereby accommodating unique logic for different database systems within the Action’s framework.

In future iterations, all built-in handlers are expected to transition to GRPCAction. This change means that Lorry or other sidecar agents will expose the implementation of actions through a GRPC interface for external invocation. Then the controller will interact with these actions via GRPCAction calls.

LogConfig

(Appears on:ClusterComponentDefinition, ComponentDefinitionSpec)

Field Description
`name`
string

Specifies a descriptive label for the log type, such as ‘slow’ for a MySQL slow log file. It provides a clear identification of the log’s purpose and content.

`filePathPattern`
string

Specifies the paths or patterns identifying where the log files are stored. This field allows the system to locate and manage log files effectively.

Examples:

  • /home/postgres/pgdata/pgroot/data/log/postgresql-*
  • /data/mysql/log/mysqld-error.log

MatchExpressions

(Appears on:CompletionProbe)

Field Description
`failure`
string
(Optional)

Specifies a failure condition for an action using a Go template expression. Should evaluate to either `true` or `false`. The current resource object is parsed into the Go template. for example, you can use ‘{{ eq .spec.replicas 1 }}’.

`success`
string

Specifies a success condition for an action using a Go template expression. Should evaluate to either `true` or `false`. The current resource object is parsed into the Go template. for example, using ‘{{ eq .spec.replicas 1 }}’

MemoryConstraint

(Appears on:ResourceConstraintRule)

Field Description
`sizePerCPU`
Kubernetes resource.Quantity
(Optional)

The size of memory per vcpu core. For example: 1Gi, 200Mi. If SizePerCPU is specified, MinPerCPU and MaxPerCPU are ignore.

`maxPerCPU`
Kubernetes resource.Quantity
(Optional)

The maximum size of memory per vcpu core, [MinPerCPU, MaxPerCPU] defines a range for valid memory size per vcpu core. It is useful on GCP as the ratio between the CPU and memory may be a range. If SizePerCPU is specified, MinPerCPU and MaxPerCPU are ignored. Reference: https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/general-purpose-machines#custom_machine_types

`minPerCPU`
Kubernetes resource.Quantity
(Optional)

The minimum size of memory per vcpu core, [MinPerCPU, MaxPerCPU] defines a range for valid memory size per vcpu core. It is useful on GCP as the ratio between the CPU and memory may be a range. If SizePerCPU is specified, MinPerCPU and MaxPerCPU are ignored. Reference: https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/general-purpose-machines#custom_machine_types

MergedPolicy (`string` alias)

(Appears on:ConfigTemplateExtension)

MergedPolicy defines how to merge external imported templates into component templates.

Value Description

"none"

"add"

"patch"

"replace"

MonitorConfig

(Appears on:ClusterComponentDefinition, ComponentDefinitionSpec)

Field Description
`builtIn`
bool
(Optional)

builtIn is a switch to enable KubeBlocks builtIn monitoring. If BuiltIn is set to true, monitor metrics will be scraped automatically. If BuiltIn is set to false, the provider should set ExporterConfig and Sidecar container own.

`exporterConfig`
ExporterConfig
(Optional)

exporterConfig provided by provider, which specify necessary information to Time Series Database. exporterConfig is valid when builtIn is false.

MultipleClusterObjectCombinedOption

(Appears on:MultipleClusterObjectOption)

MultipleClusterObjectCombinedOption defines options for handling combined variables.

Field Description
`newVarSuffix`
string
(Optional)

If set, the existing variable will be kept, and a new variable will be defined with the specified suffix in pattern: $(var.name)_$(suffix). The new variable will be auto-created and placed behind the existing one. If not set, the existing variable will be reused with the value format defined below.

`valueFormat`
MultipleClusterObjectValueFormat
(Optional)

The format of the value that the operator will use to compose values from multiple components.

`flattenFormat`
MultipleClusterObjectValueFormatFlatten
(Optional)

The flatten format, default is: $(comp-name-1):value,$(comp-name-2):value.

MultipleClusterObjectOption

(Appears on:ClusterObjectReference)

MultipleClusterObjectOption defines the options for handling multiple cluster objects matched.

Field Description
`strategy`
MultipleClusterObjectStrategy

Define the strategy for handling multiple cluster objects.

`combinedOption`
MultipleClusterObjectCombinedOption
(Optional)

Define the options for handling combined variables. Valid only when the strategy is set to “combined”.

MultipleClusterObjectStrategy (`string` alias)

(Appears on:MultipleClusterObjectOption)

MultipleClusterObjectStrategy defines the strategy for handling multiple cluster objects.

Value Description

"combined"

MultipleClusterObjectStrategyCombined - the values from all matched components will be combined into a single variable using the specified option.

"individual"

MultipleClusterObjectStrategyIndividual - each matched component will have its individual variable with its name as the suffix. This is required when referencing credential variables that cannot be passed by values.

MultipleClusterObjectValueFormat (`string` alias)

(Appears on:MultipleClusterObjectCombinedOption)

MultipleClusterObjectValueFormat defines the format details for the value.

Value Description

"Flatten"

MultipleClusterObjectValueFormatFlatten

(Appears on:MultipleClusterObjectCombinedOption)

MultipleClusterObjectValueFormatFlatten defines the flatten format for the value.

Field Description
`delimiter`
string

Pair delimiter.

`keyValueDelimiter`
string

Key-value delimiter.

NamedVar

(Appears on:ContainerVars, ServiceVars)

Field Description
`name`
string
(Optional)
`option`
VarOption
(Optional)

OpsAction

(Appears on:OpsDefinitionSpec)

OpsAction specifies a custom action defined in OpsDefinition for execution in a “Custom” OpsRequest.

OpsAction can be of three types:

  • workload: Creates a Job or Pod to run custom scripts, ideal for isolated or long-running tasks.
  • exec: Executes commands directly within an existing container using the kubectl exec interface, suitable for immediate, short-lived operations.
  • resourceModifier: Modifies a K8s object using JSON patches, useful for updating the spec of some resource.
Field Description
`name`
string

Specifies the name of the OpsAction.

`failurePolicy`
FailurePolicyType
(Optional)

Specifies the failure policy of the OpsAction. Valid values are:

  • “Fail”: Marks the entire OpsRequest as failed if the action fails.
  • “Ignore”: The OpsRequest continues processing despite the failure of the action.
`parameters`
[]string
(Optional)

Specifies the parameters for the OpsAction. Their usage varies based on the action type:

  • For ‘workload’ or ‘exec’ actions, parameters are injected as environment variables.
  • For ‘resourceModifier’ actions, parameter can be referenced using $() in fields `resourceModifier.completionProbe.matchExpressions` and `resourceModifier.jsonPatches[*].value`.
`workload`
OpsWorkloadAction
(Optional)

Specifies the configuration for a ‘workload’ action. This action leads to the creation of a K8s workload, such as a Pod or Job, to execute specified tasks.

`exec`
OpsExecAction
(Optional)

Specifies the configuration for a ‘exec’ action. It creates a Pod and invokes a ‘kubectl exec’ to run command inside a specified container with the target Pod.

`resourceModifier`
OpsResourceModifierAction
(Optional)

Specifies the configuration for a ‘resourceModifier’ action. This action allows for modifications to existing K8s objects.

Note: This feature has not been implemented yet.

OpsDefinitionSpec

(Appears on:OpsDefinition)

OpsDefinitionSpec defines the desired state of OpsDefinition.

Field Description
`preConditions`
[]PreCondition
(Optional)

Specifies the preconditions that must be met to run the actions for the operation. if set, it will check the condition before the Component runs this operation. Example:


 preConditions:
 - rule:
     expression: '{{ eq .component.status.phase "Running" }}'
     message: Component is not in Running status.

`podInfoExtractors`
[]PodInfoExtractor
(Optional)

Specifies a list of PodInfoExtractor, each designed to select a specific Pod and extract selected runtime info from its PodSpec. The extracted information, such as environment variables, volumes and tolerations, are then injected into Jobs or Pods that execute the OpsActions defined in `actions`.

`componentInfos`
[]ComponentInfo
(Optional)

Specifies a list of ComponentDefinition for Components associated with this OpsDefinition. It also includes connection credentials (address and account) for each Component.

`parametersSchema`
ParametersSchema
(Optional)

Specifies the schema for validating the data types and value ranges of parameters in OpsActions before their usage.

`actions`
[]OpsAction

Specifies a list of OpsAction where each customized action is executed sequentially.

OpsDefinitionStatus

(Appears on:OpsDefinition)

OpsDefinitionStatus defines the observed state of OpsDefinition

Field Description
`observedGeneration`
int64
(Optional)

Represents the most recent generation observed of this OpsDefinition.

`phase`
Phase
(Optional)

Represents the current state of the OpsDefinition. Valid values are “”, “Available”, “Unavailable”. When it equals to “Available”, the OpsDefinition is ready and can be used in a “Custom” OpsRequest.

`message`
string
(Optional)

Provides additional information about the current phase.

OpsEnvVar

(Appears on:PodInfoExtractor)

Field Description
`name`
string

Specifies the name of the environment variable to be injected into Pods executing OpsActions. It must conform to the C_IDENTIFIER format, which includes only alphanumeric characters and underscores, and cannot begin with a digit.

`valueFrom`
OpsVarSource

Specifies the source of the environment variable’s value.

OpsExecAction

(Appears on:OpsAction)

Field Description
`podInfoExtractorName`
string

Specifies a PodInfoExtractor defined in the `opsDefinition.spec.podInfoExtractors`.

`backoffLimit`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the number of retries allowed before marking the action as failed.

`command`
[]string

The command to be executed via ‘kubectl exec –’.

`containerName`
string
(Optional)

The name of the container in the target pod where the command should be executed. This corresponds to the `-c {containerName}` option in `kubectl exec`.

If not set, the first container is used.

OpsPhase (`string` alias)

(Appears on:OpsRequestStatus)

OpsPhase defines opsRequest phase.

Value Description

"Aborted"

"Cancelled"

"Cancelling"

"Creating"

"Failed"

"Pending"

"Running"

"Succeed"

OpsRecorder

Field Description
`name`
string

name OpsRequest name

`type`
OpsType

opsRequest type

`inQueue`
bool

indicates whether the current opsRequest is in the queue

`queueBySelf`
bool

indicates that the operation is queued for execution within its own-type scope.

OpsRequestBehaviour

Field Description
`FromClusterPhases`
[]ClusterPhase
`ToClusterPhase`
ClusterPhase

OpsRequestComponentStatus

(Appears on:OpsRequestStatus)

Field Description
`phase`
ClusterComponentPhase
(Optional)

Records the current phase of the Component, mirroring `cluster.status.components[componentName].phase`. Possible values include “Creating”, “Running”, “Updating”, “Stopping”, “Stopped”, “Deleting”, “Failed”, “Abnormal”.

`lastFailedTime`
Kubernetes meta/v1.Time
(Optional)

Records the timestamp when the Component last transitioned to a “Failed” or “Abnormal” phase.

`preCheck`
PreCheckResult
(Optional)

Records the result of the preConditions check of the opsRequest, which determines subsequent steps.

`progressDetails`
[]ProgressStatusDetail
(Optional)

Describes the progress details of objects or actions associated with the Component.

`workloadType`
WorkloadType
(Optional)

Records the workload type of Component in ClusterDefinition. Deprecated and should be removed in the future version.

`reason`
string
(Optional)

Provides an explanation for the Component being in its current state.

`message`
string
(Optional)

Provides a human-readable message indicating details about this operation.

OpsRequestSpec

(Appears on:OpsRequest)

OpsRequestSpec defines the desired state of OpsRequest

Field Description
`clusterName`
string

Specifies the name of the Cluster resource that this operation is targeting.

`clusterRef`
string

Deprecated: since v0.9, use clusterName instead. Specifies the name of the Cluster resource that this operation is targeting.

`cancel`
bool
(Optional)

Indicates whether the current operation should be canceled and terminated gracefully if it’s in the “Pending”, “Creating”, or “Running” state.

This field applies only to “VerticalScaling” and “HorizontalScaling” opsRequests.

Note: Setting `cancel` to true is irreversible; further modifications to this field are ineffective.

`force`
bool
(Optional)

Instructs the system to bypass pre-checks (including cluster state checks and customized pre-conditions hooks) and immediately execute the opsRequest, except for the opsRequest of ‘Start’ type, which will still undergo pre-checks even if `force` is true.

This is useful for concurrent execution of ‘VerticalScaling’ and ‘HorizontalScaling’ opsRequests. By setting `force` to true, you can bypass the default checks and demand these opsRequests to run simultaneously.

Note: Once set, the `force` field is immutable and cannot be updated.

`enqueueOnForce`
bool
(Optional)

Indicates whether opsRequest should continue to queue when ‘force’ is set to true.

`type`
OpsType

Specifies the type of this operation. Supported types include “Start”, “Stop”, “Restart”, “Switchover”, “VerticalScaling”, “HorizontalScaling”, “VolumeExpansion”, “Reconfiguring”, “Upgrade”, “Backup”, “Restore”, “Expose”, “DataScript”, “RebuildInstance”, “Custom”.

Note: This field is immutable once set.

`ttlSecondsAfterSucceed`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the duration in seconds that an OpsRequest will remain in the system after successfully completing (when `opsRequest.status.phase` is “Succeed”) before automatic deletion.

`ttlSecondsAfterUnsuccessfulCompletion`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the duration in seconds that an OpsRequest will remain in the system after completion for any phase other than “Succeed” (e.g., “Failed”, “Cancelled”, “Aborted”) before automatic deletion.

`preConditionDeadlineSeconds`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the maximum time in seconds that the OpsRequest will wait for its pre-conditions to be met before it aborts the operation. If set to 0 (default), pre-conditions must be satisfied immediately for the OpsRequest to proceed.

`timeoutSeconds`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) that an opsRequest is allowed to run. If the opsRequest runs longer than this duration, its phase will be marked as Aborted. If this value is not set or set to 0, the timeout will be ignored and the opsRequest will run indefinitely.

`SpecificOpsRequest`
SpecificOpsRequest

(Members of `SpecificOpsRequest` are embedded into this type.)

Exactly one of its members must be set.

OpsRequestStatus

(Appears on:OpsRequest)

OpsRequestStatus represents the observed state of an OpsRequest.

Field Description
`clusterGeneration`
int64
(Optional)

Records the cluster generation after the OpsRequest action has been handled.

`phase`
OpsPhase

Represents the phase of the OpsRequest. Possible values include “Pending”, “Creating”, “Running”, “Cancelling”, “Cancelled”, “Failed”, “Succeed”.

`progress`
string

Represents the progress of the OpsRequest.

`lastConfiguration`
LastConfiguration
(Optional)

Records the configuration prior to any changes.

`components`
map[string]github.com/apecloud/kubeblocks/apis/apps/v1alpha1.OpsRequestComponentStatus
(Optional)

Records the status information of Components changed due to the OpsRequest.

`extras`
[]string

A collection of additional key-value pairs that provide supplementary information for the OpsRequest.

`startTimestamp`
Kubernetes meta/v1.Time
(Optional)

Records the time when the OpsRequest started processing.

`completionTimestamp`
Kubernetes meta/v1.Time
(Optional)

Records the time when the OpsRequest was completed.

`cancelTimestamp`
Kubernetes meta/v1.Time
(Optional)

Records the time when the OpsRequest was cancelled.

`reconfiguringStatus`
ReconfiguringStatus
(Optional)

Deprecated: Replaced by ReconfiguringStatusAsComponent. Defines the status information of reconfiguring.

`reconfiguringStatusAsComponent`
map[string]*github.com/apecloud/kubeblocks/apis/apps/v1alpha1.ReconfiguringStatus
(Optional)

Records the status of a reconfiguring operation if `opsRequest.spec.type` equals to “Reconfiguring”.

`conditions`
[]Kubernetes meta/v1.Condition
(Optional)

Describes the detailed status of the OpsRequest. Possible condition types include “Cancelled”, “WaitForProgressing”, “Validated”, “Succeed”, “Failed”, “Restarting”, “VerticalScaling”, “HorizontalScaling”, “VolumeExpanding”, “Reconfigure”, “Switchover”, “Stopping”, “Starting”, “VersionUpgrading”, “Exposing”, “ExecuteDataScript”, “Backup”, “InstancesRebuilding”, “CustomOperation”.

OpsRequestVolumeClaimTemplate

(Appears on:InstanceVolumeClaimTemplate, LastComponentConfiguration, VolumeExpansion)

Field Description
`storage`
Kubernetes resource.Quantity

Specifies the desired storage size for the volume.

`name`
string

Specify the name of the volumeClaimTemplate in the Component. The specified name must match one of the volumeClaimTemplates defined in the `clusterComponentSpec.volumeClaimTemplates` field.

OpsResourceModifierAction

(Appears on:OpsAction)

Field Description
`resource`
TypedObjectRef

Specifies the K8s object that is to be updated.

`jsonPatches`
[]JSONPatchOperation

Specifies a list of patches for modifying the object.

`completionProbe`
CompletionProbe

Specifies a method to determine if the action has been completed.

Note: This feature has not been implemented yet.

OpsService

(Appears on:Expose)

OpsService represents the parameters to dynamically create or remove a ClusterService in the `cluster.spec.services` array.

Field Description
`name`
string

Specifies the name of the Service. This name is used to set `clusterService.name`.

Note: This field cannot be updated.

`annotations`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Contains cloud provider related parameters if ServiceType is LoadBalancer.

More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#loadbalancer.

`ports`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.ServicePort
(Optional)

Specifies Port definitions that are to be exposed by a ClusterService.

If not specified, the Port definitions from non-NodePort and non-LoadBalancer type ComponentService defined in the ComponentDefinition (`componentDefinition.spec.services`) will be used. If no matching ComponentService is found, the expose operation will fail.

More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#field-spec-ports

`roleSelector`
string
(Optional)

Specifies a role to target with the service. If specified, the service will only be exposed to pods with the matching role.

Note: If the component has roles, at least one of ‘roleSelector’ or ‘podSelector’ must be specified. If both are specified, a pod must match both conditions to be selected.

`podSelector`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Routes service traffic to pods with matching label keys and values. If specified, the service will only be exposed to pods matching the selector.

Note: If the component has roles, at least one of ‘roleSelector’ or ‘podSelector’ must be specified. If both are specified, a pod must match both conditions to be selected.

`serviceType`
Kubernetes core/v1.ServiceType
(Optional)

Determines how the Service is exposed. Defaults to ‘ClusterIP’. Valid options are `ClusterIP`, `NodePort`, and `LoadBalancer`.

  • `ClusterIP`: allocates a cluster-internal IP address for load-balancing to endpoints. Endpoints are determined by the selector or if that is not specified, they are determined by manual construction of an Endpoints object or EndpointSlice objects.
  • `NodePort`: builds on ClusterIP and allocates a port on every node which routes to the same endpoints as the clusterIP.
  • `LoadBalancer`: builds on NodePort and creates an external load-balancer (if supported in the current cloud) which routes to the same endpoints as the clusterIP.

Note: although K8s Service type allows the ‘ExternalName’ type, it is not a valid option for the expose operation.

For more info, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#publishing-services-service-types.

`ipFamilies`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.IPFamily
(Optional)

A list of IP families (e.g., IPv4, IPv6) assigned to this Service.

Usually assigned automatically based on the cluster configuration and the `ipFamilyPolicy` field. If specified manually, the requested IP family must be available in the cluster and allowed by the `ipFamilyPolicy`. If the requested IP family is not available or not allowed, the Service creation will fail.

Valid values:

  • “IPv4”
  • “IPv6”

This field may hold a maximum of two entries (dual-stack families, in either order).

Common combinations of `ipFamilies` and `ipFamilyPolicy` are:

  • ipFamilies=[] + ipFamilyPolicy=“PreferDualStack” : The Service prefers dual-stack but can fall back to single-stack if the cluster does not support dual-stack. The IP family is automatically assigned based on the cluster configuration.
  • ipFamilies=[“IPV4”,“IPV6”] + ipFamilyPolicy=“RequiredDualStack” : The Service requires dual-stack and will only be created if the cluster supports both IPv4 and IPv6. The primary IP family is IPV4.
  • ipFamilies=[“IPV6”,“IPV4”] + ipFamilyPolicy=“RequiredDualStack” : The Service requires dual-stack and will only be created if the cluster supports both IPv4 and IPv6. The primary IP family is IPV6.
  • ipFamilies=[“IPV4”] + ipFamilyPolicy=“SingleStack” : The Service uses a single-stack with IPv4 only.
  • ipFamilies=[“IPV6”] + ipFamilyPolicy=“SingleStack” : The Service uses a single-stack with IPv6 only.
`ipFamilyPolicy`
Kubernetes core/v1.IPFamilyPolicy
(Optional)

Specifies whether the Service should use a single IP family (SingleStack) or two IP families (DualStack).

Possible values:

  • ‘SingleStack’ (default) : The Service uses a single IP family. If no value is provided, IPFamilyPolicy defaults to SingleStack.
  • ‘PreferDualStack’ : The Service prefers to use two IP families on dual-stack configured clusters or a single IP family on single-stack clusters.
  • ‘RequiredDualStack’ : The Service requires two IP families on dual-stack configured clusters. If the cluster is not configured for dual-stack, the Service creation fails.

OpsType (`string` alias)

(Appears on:OpsRecorder, OpsRequestSpec)

OpsType defines operation types.

Value Description

"Backup"

DataScriptType the data script operation will execute the data script against the cluster.

"Custom"

RebuildInstance rebuilding an instance is very useful when a node is offline or an instance is unrecoverable.

"DataScript"

"Expose"

StartType the start operation will start the pods which is deleted in stop operation.

"HorizontalScaling"

"RebuildInstance"

"Reconfiguring"

"Restart"

"Restore"

"Start"

StopType the stop operation will delete all pods in a cluster concurrently.

"Stop"

RestartType the restart operation is a special case of the rolling update operation.

"Switchover"

"Upgrade"

"VerticalScaling"

"VolumeExpansion"

OpsVarSource

(Appears on:OpsEnvVar)

Field Description
`envRef`
EnvVarRef
(Optional)

Specifies a reference to a specific environment variable within a container. Used to specify the source of the variable, which can be either “env” or “envFrom”.

`fieldPath`
Kubernetes core/v1.ObjectFieldSelector
(Optional)

Represents the JSONPath expression pointing to the specific data within the JSON structure of the target Pod. It is used to extract precise data locations for operations on the Pod.

OpsWorkloadAction

(Appears on:OpsAction)

Field Description
`type`
OpsWorkloadType

Defines the workload type of the action. Valid values include “Job” and “Pod”.

  • “Job”: Creates a Job to execute the action.
  • “Pod”: Creates a Pod to execute the action. Note: unlike Jobs, manually deleting a Pod does not affect the `backoffLimit`.
`podInfoExtractorName`
string

Specifies a PodInfoExtractor defined in the `opsDefinition.spec.podInfoExtractors`.

`backoffLimit`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the number of retries allowed before marking the action as failed.

`podSpec`
Kubernetes core/v1.PodSpec

Specifies the PodSpec of the ‘workload’ action.

OpsWorkloadType (`string` alias)

(Appears on:OpsWorkloadAction)

OpsWorkloadType policy after action failure.

Value Description

"Job"

"Pod"

OverrideBy

Field Description
`opsName`
string
(Optional)

Indicates the name of the OpsRequest.

`LastComponentConfiguration`
LastComponentConfiguration

(Members of `LastComponentConfiguration` are embedded into this type.)

Parameter

(Appears on:CustomOpsComponent)

Field Description
`name`
string

Specifies the identifier of the parameter as defined in the OpsDefinition.

`value`
string

Holds the data associated with the parameter. If the parameter type is an array, the format should be “v1,v2,v3”.

ParameterConfig

(Appears on:ConfigurationItem)

Field Description
`key`
string

Represents a key in the configuration template(as ConfigMap). Each key in the ConfigMap corresponds to a specific configuration file.

`parameters`
[]ParameterPair
(Optional)

Specifies a list of key-value pairs representing parameters and their corresponding values within a single configuration file. This field is used to override or set the values of parameters without modifying the entire configuration file.

Either the `parameters` field or the `fileContent` field must be set, but not both.

`fileContent`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the content of the entire configuration file. This field is used to update the complete configuration file.

Either the `parameters` field or the `fileContent` field must be set, but not both.

ParameterPair

(Appears on:ParameterConfig)

Field Description
`key`
string

Represents the name of the parameter that is to be updated.

`value`
string
(Optional)

Represents the parameter values that are to be updated. If set to nil, the parameter defined by the Key field will be removed from the configuration file.

ParametersSchema

(Appears on:OpsDefinitionSpec)

Field Description
`openAPIV3Schema`
Kubernetes api extensions v1.JSONSchemaProps
(Optional)

Defines the schema for parameters using the OpenAPI v3. The supported property types include: - string - number - integer - array: Note that only items of string type are supported.

PasswordConfig

(Appears on:ComponentSystemAccount, SystemAccount, SystemAccountSpec)

PasswordConfig helps provide to customize complexity of password generation pattern.

Field Description
`length`
int32
(Optional)

The length of the password.

`numDigits`
int32
(Optional)

The number of digits in the password.

`numSymbols`
int32
(Optional)

The number of symbols in the password.

`letterCase`
LetterCase
(Optional)

The case of the letters in the password.

`seed`
string
(Optional)

Seed to generate the account’s password. Cannot be updated.

Payload

(Appears on:ConfigurationItemDetail)

Field Description
`-`
map[string]any
(Optional)

Holds the payload data. This field is optional and can contain any type of data. Not included in the JSON representation of the object.

PersistentVolumeClaimSpec

(Appears on:ClusterComponentVolumeClaimTemplate)

Field Description
`accessModes`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.PersistentVolumeAccessMode
(Optional)

Contains the desired access modes the volume should have. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#access-modes-1.

`resources`
Kubernetes core/v1.ResourceRequirements
(Optional)

Represents the minimum resources the volume should have. If the RecoverVolumeExpansionFailure feature is enabled, users are allowed to specify resource requirements that are lower than the previous value but must still be higher than the capacity recorded in the status field of the claim. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources.

`storageClassName`
string
(Optional)

The name of the StorageClass required by the claim. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#class-1.

`volumeMode`
Kubernetes core/v1.PersistentVolumeMode
(Optional)

Defines what type of volume is required by the claim, either Block or Filesystem.

Phase (`string` alias)

(Appears on:ClusterDefinitionStatus, ClusterVersionStatus, ComponentDefinitionStatus, ComponentVersionStatus, OpsDefinitionStatus, ServiceDescriptorStatus)

Phase represents the current status of the ClusterDefinition and ClusterVersion CR.

Value Description

"Available"

AvailablePhase indicates that the object is in an available state.

"Unavailable"

UnavailablePhase indicates that the object is in an unavailable state.

PodAntiAffinity (`string` alias)

(Appears on:Affinity)

PodAntiAffinity defines the pod anti-affinity strategy.

This strategy determines how pods are scheduled in relation to other pods, with the aim of either spreading pods across nodes (Preferred) or ensuring that certain pods do not share a node (Required).

Value Description

"Preferred"

Preferred indicates that the scheduler will try to enforce the anti-affinity rules, but it will not guarantee it.

"Required"

Required indicates that the scheduler must enforce the anti-affinity rules and will not schedule the pods unless the rules are met.

PodAvailabilityPolicy (`string` alias)

PodAvailabilityPolicy pod availability strategy.

Value Description

"Available"

"None"

"UnAvailable"

PodInfoExtractor

(Appears on:OpsDefinitionSpec)

Field Description
`name`
string

Specifies the name of the PodInfoExtractor.

`env`
[]OpsEnvVar
(Optional)

Specifies a list of environment variables to be extracted from a selected Pod, and injected into the containers executing each OpsAction.

`podSelector`
PodSelector

Used to select the target Pod from which environment variables and volumes are extracted from its PodSpec.

`volumeMounts`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.VolumeMount
(Optional)

Specifies a list of volumes, along with their respective mount points, that are to be extracted from a selected Pod, and mounted onto the containers executing each OpsAction. This allows the containers to access shared or persistent data necessary for the operation.

PodSelectionPolicy (`string` alias)

(Appears on:PodSelector)

PodSelectionPolicy pod selection strategy.

Value Description

"All"

"Any"

PodSelector

(Appears on:PodInfoExtractor)

PodSelector selects the target Pod from which environment variables and volumes are extracted from its PodSpec.

Field Description
`role`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the role of the target Pod.

`multiPodSelectionPolicy`
PodSelectionPolicy

Defines the policy for selecting the target pod when multiple pods match the podSelector. It can be either ‘Any’ (select any one pod that matches the podSelector) or ‘All’ (select all pods that match the podSelector).

PointInTimeRefSpec

Field Description
`time`
Kubernetes meta/v1.Time
(Optional)

Refers to the specific time point for restoration, with UTC as the time zone.

`ref`
RefNamespaceName
(Optional)

Refers to a reference source cluster that needs to be restored.

PostStartAction

(Appears on:ClusterComponentDefinition)

PostStartAction is deprecated since v0.8.

Field Description
`cmdExecutorConfig`
CmdExecutorConfig

Specifies the post-start command to be executed.

`scriptSpecSelectors`
[]ScriptSpecSelector
(Optional)

Used to select the script that need to be referenced. When defined, the scripts defined in scriptSpecs can be referenced within the CmdExecutorConfig.

PreCheckResult

(Appears on:OpsRequestComponentStatus)

Field Description
`pass`
bool

Indicates whether the preCheck operation passed or failed.

`message`
string
(Optional)

Provides explanations related to the preCheck result in a human-readable format.

PreCondition

(Appears on:OpsDefinitionSpec)

Field Description
`rule`
Rule

Specifies the conditions that must be met for the operation to execute.

PreConditionExec

PreConditionExec is deprecated.

Field Description
`image`
string

Specifies the name of the image used for execution.

`env`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.EnvVar
(Optional)

Specifies a list of environment variables to be set in the container.

`command`
[]string
(Optional)

Specifies the command to be executed in the container.

`args`
[]string
(Optional)

Specifies the arguments to be passed to the command in the container.

PreConditionType (`string` alias)

(Appears on:Action)

PreConditionType defines the preCondition type of the action execution.

Value Description

"ClusterReady"

"ComponentReady"

"Immediately"

"RuntimeReady"

ProgressStatus (`string` alias)

(Appears on:ProgressStatusDetail)

ProgressStatus defines the status of the opsRequest progress.

Value Description

"Failed"

"Pending"

"Processing"

"Succeed"

ProgressStatusDetail

(Appears on:OpsRequestComponentStatus)

Field Description
`group`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the group to which the current object belongs to.

`objectKey`
string
(Optional)

`objectKey` uniquely identifies the object, which can be any K8s object, like a Pod, Job, Component, or PVC. Either `objectKey` or `actionName` must be provided.

`actionName`
string
(Optional)

Indicates the name of an OpsAction, as defined in `opsDefinition.spec.actions[*].name`. Either `objectKey` or `actionName` must be provided.

`actionTasks`
[]ActionTask
(Optional)

Lists the tasks, such as Jobs or Pods, that carry out the action.

`status`
ProgressStatus

Represents the current processing state of the object, including “Processing”, “Pending”, “Failed”, “Succeed”

`message`
string
(Optional)

Provides a human-readable explanation of the object’s condition.

`startTime`
Kubernetes meta/v1.Time
(Optional)

Records the start time of object processing.

`endTime`
Kubernetes meta/v1.Time
(Optional)

Records the completion time of object processing.

PrometheusScheme (`string` alias)

(Appears on:Exporter)

PrometheusScheme defines the protocol of prometheus scrape metrics.

Value Description

"http"

"https"

ProtectedVolume

(Appears on:VolumeProtectionSpec)

ProtectedVolume is deprecated since v0.9, replaced with ComponentVolume.HighWatermark.

Field Description
`name`
string
(Optional)

The Name of the volume to protect.

`highWatermark`
int
(Optional)

Defines the high watermark threshold for the volume, it will override the component level threshold. If the value is invalid, it will be ignored and the component level threshold will be used.

ProvisionPolicy

(Appears on:SystemAccountConfig)

ProvisionPolicy defines the policy details for creating accounts.

Deprecated since v0.9.

Field Description
`type`
ProvisionPolicyType

Specifies the method to provision an account.

`scope`
ProvisionScope

Defines the scope within which the account is provisioned.

`statements`
ProvisionStatements
(Optional)

The statement to provision an account.

`secretRef`
ProvisionSecretRef
(Optional)

The external secret to refer.

ProvisionPolicyType (`string` alias)

(Appears on:ProvisionPolicy)

ProvisionPolicyType defines the policy for creating accounts.

Value Description

"CreateByStmt"

CreateByStmt will create account w.r.t. deletion and creation statement given by provider.

"ReferToExisting"

ReferToExisting will not create account, but create a secret by copying data from referred secret file.

ProvisionScope (`string` alias)

(Appears on:ProvisionPolicy)

ProvisionScope defines the scope of provision within a component.

Value Description

"AllPods"

AllPods indicates that accounts will be created for all pods within the component.

"AnyPods"

AnyPods indicates that accounts will be created only on a single pod within the component.

ProvisionSecretRef

(Appears on:ComponentSystemAccount, ProvisionPolicy, SystemAccount)

ProvisionSecretRef represents the reference to a secret.

Field Description
`name`
string

The unique identifier of the secret.

`namespace`
string

The namespace where the secret is located.

ProvisionStatements

(Appears on:ProvisionPolicy)

ProvisionStatements defines the statements used to create accounts.

Deprecated since v0.9.

Field Description
`creation`
string

Specifies the statement required to create a new account with the necessary privileges.

`update`
string
(Optional)

Defines the statement required to update the password of an existing account.

`deletion`
string
(Optional)

Defines the statement required to delete an existing account. Typically used in conjunction with the creation statement to delete an account before recreating it. For example, one might use a `drop user if exists` statement followed by a `create user` statement to ensure a fresh account.

Deprecated: This field is deprecated and the update statement should be used instead.

RSMSpec

(Appears on:ClusterComponentDefinition)

RSMSpec is deprecated since v0.8.

Field Description
`roles`
[]ReplicaRole
(Optional)

Specifies a list of roles defined within the system.

`roleProbe`
RoleProbe
(Optional)

Defines the method used to probe a role.

`membershipReconfiguration`
MembershipReconfiguration
(Optional)

Indicates the actions required for dynamic membership reconfiguration.

`memberUpdateStrategy`
MemberUpdateStrategy
(Optional)

Describes the strategy for updating Members (Pods).

  • `Serial`: Updates Members sequentially to ensure minimum component downtime.
  • `BestEffortParallel`: Updates Members in parallel to ensure minimum component write downtime.
  • `Parallel`: Forces parallel updates.

RebuildInstance

(Appears on:SpecificOpsRequest)

Field Description
`ComponentOps`
ComponentOps

(Members of `ComponentOps` are embedded into this type.)

Specifies the name of the Component.

`instances`
[]Instance

Specifies the instances (Pods) that need to be rebuilt, typically operating as standbys.

`inPlace`
bool

When it is set to true, the instance will be rebuilt in-place. By default, a new pod will be created. Once the new pod is ready to serve, the instance that require rebuilding will be taken offline.

`backupName`
string
(Optional)

Indicates the name of the Backup custom resource from which to recover the instance. Defaults to an empty PersistentVolume if unspecified.

Note: - Only full physical backups are supported for multi-replica Components (e.g., ‘xtrabackup’ for MySQL). - Logical backups (e.g., ‘mysqldump’ for MySQL) are unsupported in the current version.

`sourceBackupTargetName`
string
(Optional)

When multiple source targets exist of the backup, you must specify the source target to restore.

`restoreEnv`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.EnvVar
(Optional)

Defines container environment variables for the restore process. merged with the ones specified in the Backup and ActionSet resources.

Merge priority: Restore env > Backup env > ActionSet env.

Purpose: Some databases require different configurations when being restored as a standby compared to being restored as a primary. For example, when restoring MySQL as a replica, you need to set `skip_slave_start="ON"` for 5.7 or `skip_replica_start="ON"` for 8.0. Allowing environment variables to be passed in makes it more convenient to control these behavioral differences during the restore process.

ReconcileDetail

(Appears on:ConfigurationItemDetailStatus)

Field Description
`policy`
string
(Optional)

Represents the policy applied during the most recent execution.

`execResult`
string
(Optional)

Represents the outcome of the most recent execution.

`currentRevision`
string
(Optional)

Represents the current revision of the configuration item.

`succeedCount`
int32
(Optional)

Represents the number of pods where configuration changes were successfully applied.

`expectedCount`
int32
(Optional)

Represents the total number of pods that require execution of configuration changes.

`errMessage`
string
(Optional)

Represents the error message generated when the execution of configuration changes fails.

Reconfigure

(Appears on:SpecificOpsRequest)

Reconfigure defines the parameters for updating a Component’s configuration.

Field Description
`ComponentOps`
ComponentOps

(Members of `ComponentOps` are embedded into this type.)

Specifies the name of the Component.

`configurations`
[]ConfigurationItem

Contains a list of ConfigurationItem objects, specifying the Component’s configuration template name, upgrade policy, and parameter key-value pairs to be updated.

ReconfiguringStatus

(Appears on:OpsRequestStatus)

Field Description
`conditions`
[]Kubernetes meta/v1.Condition
(Optional)

Describes the reconfiguring detail status. Possible condition types include “Creating”, “Init”, “Running”, “Pending”, “Merged”, “MergeFailed”, “FailedAndPause”, “Upgrading”, “Deleting”, “FailedAndRetry”, “Finished”, “ReconfigurePersisting”, “ReconfigurePersisted”.

`configurationStatus`
[]ConfigurationItemStatus

Describes the status of the component reconfiguring.

RefNamespaceName

(Appears on:BackupRefSpec, PointInTimeRefSpec)

Field Description
`name`
string
(Optional)

Refers to the specific name of the resource.

`namespace`
string
(Optional)

Refers to the specific namespace of the resource.

ReloadOptions

(Appears on:ConfigConstraintSpec)

ReloadOptions defines the mechanisms available for dynamically reloading a process within K8s without requiring a restart.

Only one of the mechanisms can be specified at a time.

Field Description
`unixSignalTrigger`
UnixSignalTrigger
(Optional)

Used to trigger a reload by sending a specific Unix signal to the process.

`shellTrigger`
ShellTrigger
(Optional)

Allows to execute a custom shell script to reload the process.

`tplScriptTrigger`
TPLScriptTrigger
(Optional)

Enables reloading process using a Go template script.

`autoTrigger`
AutoTrigger
(Optional)

Automatically perform the reload when specified conditions are met.

ReplicaChanger

(Appears on:ScaleIn, ScaleOut)

ReplicaChanger defines the parameters for changing the number of replicas.

Field Description
`replicaChanges`
int32

Specifies the replica changes for the component.

`instances`
[]InstanceReplicasTemplate
(Optional)

Modifies the desired replicas count for existing InstanceTemplate. if the inst

ReplicaRole

(Appears on:ComponentDefinitionSpec)

ReplicaRole represents a role that can be assumed by a component instance.

Field Description
`name`
string

Defines the role’s identifier. It is used to set the “apps.kubeblocks.io/role” label value on the corresponding object.

This field is immutable once set.

`serviceable`
bool
(Optional)

Indicates whether a replica assigned this role is capable of providing services.

This field is immutable once set.

`writable`
bool
(Optional)

Determines if a replica in this role has the authority to perform write operations. A writable replica can modify data, handle update operations.

This field is immutable once set.

`votable`
bool
(Optional)

Specifies whether a replica with this role has voting rights. In distributed systems, this typically means the replica can participate in consensus decisions, configuration changes, or other processes that require a quorum.

This field is immutable once set.

ReplicasLimit

(Appears on:ComponentDefinitionSpec)

ReplicasLimit defines the valid range of number of replicas supported.

Field Description
`minReplicas`
int32

The minimum limit of replicas.

`maxReplicas`
int32

The maximum limit of replicas.

ReplicationSetSpec

(Appears on:ClusterComponentDefinition)

ReplicationSetSpec is deprecated since v0.7.

Field Description
`StatefulSetSpec`
StatefulSetSpec

(Members of `StatefulSetSpec` are embedded into this type.)

RerenderResourceType (`string` alias)

(Appears on:ComponentConfigSpec)

RerenderResourceType defines the resource requirements for a component.

Value Description

"hscale"

"vscale"

ResourceConstraintRule

(Appears on:ComponentResourceConstraintSpec)

Field Description
`name`
string

The name of the constraint.

`cpu`
CPUConstraint

The constraint for vcpu cores.

`memory`
MemoryConstraint

The constraint for memory size.

`storage`
StorageConstraint
(Optional)

The constraint for storage size.

ResourceMeta

(Appears on:ConfigMapRef, SecretRef)

ResourceMeta encapsulates metadata and configuration for referencing ConfigMaps and Secrets as volumes.

Field Description
`name`
string

Name is the name of the referenced ConfigMap or Secret object. It must conform to DNS label standards.

`mountPoint`
string

MountPoint is the filesystem path where the volume will be mounted.

`subPath`
string
(Optional)

SubPath specifies a path within the volume from which to mount.

`asVolumeFrom`
[]string
(Optional)

AsVolumeFrom lists the names of containers in which the volume should be mounted.

Restore

(Appears on:SpecificOpsRequest)

Field Description
`backupName`
string

Specifies the name of the Backup custom resource.

`backupNamespace`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the namespace of the backup custom resource. If not specified, the namespace of the opsRequest will be used.

`restorePointInTime`
string

Specifies the point in time to which the restore should be performed. Supported time formats:

  • RFC3339 format, e.g. “2023-11-25T18:52:53Z”
  • A human-readable date-time format, e.g. “Jul 25,2023 18:52:53 UTC+0800”
`env`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.EnvVar
(Optional)

Specifies a list of environment variables to be set in the container.

`volumeRestorePolicy`
string

Specifies the policy for restoring volume claims of a Component’s Pods. It determines whether the volume claims should be restored sequentially (one by one) or in parallel (all at once). Support values:

  • “Serial”
  • “Parallel”
`deferPostReadyUntilClusterRunning`
bool

Controls the timing of PostReady actions during the recovery process.

If false (default), PostReady actions execute when the Component reaches the “Running” state. If true, PostReady actions are delayed until the entire Cluster is “Running,” ensuring the cluster’s overall stability before proceeding.

This setting is useful for coordinating PostReady operations across the Cluster for optimal cluster conditions.

RetryPolicy

(Appears on:Action)

Field Description
`maxRetries`
int
(Optional)

Defines the maximum number of retry attempts that should be made for a given Action. This value is set to 0 by default, indicating that no retries will be made.

`retryInterval`
time.Duration
(Optional)

Indicates the duration of time to wait between each retry attempt. This value is set to 0 by default, indicating that there will be no delay between retry attempts.

RoleArbitrator (`string` alias)

(Appears on:ComponentDefinitionSpec)

RoleArbitrator defines how to arbitrate the role of replicas.

Deprecated since v0.9

Value Description

"External"

"Lorry"

RoleProbe

(Appears on:ComponentLifecycleActions)

Field Description
`LifecycleActionHandler`
LifecycleActionHandler

(Members of `LifecycleActionHandler` are embedded into this type.)

`initialDelaySeconds`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the number of seconds to wait after the container has started before the RoleProbe begins to detect the container’s role.

`timeoutSeconds`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1.

`periodSeconds`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the frequency at which the probe is conducted. This value is expressed in seconds. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.

Rule

(Appears on:PreCondition)

Field Description
`expression`
string

Specifies a Go template expression that determines how the operation can be executed. The return value must be either `true` or `false`. Available built-in objects that can be referenced in the expression include:

  • `params`: Input parameters.
  • `cluster`: The referenced Cluster object.
  • `component`: The referenced Component object.
`message`
string

Specifies the error or status message reported if the `expression` does not evaluate to `true`.

ScaleIn

(Appears on:HorizontalScaling)

ScaleIn defines the configuration for a scale-in operation.

Field Description
`ReplicaChanger`
ReplicaChanger

(Members of `ReplicaChanger` are embedded into this type.)

Modifies the replicas of the component and instance templates.

`onlineInstancesToOffline`
[]string
(Optional)

Specifies the instance names that need to be taken offline.

ScaleOut

(Appears on:HorizontalScaling)

ScaleOut defines the configuration for a scale-out operation.

Field Description
`ReplicaChanger`
ReplicaChanger

(Members of `ReplicaChanger` are embedded into this type.)

Modifies the replicas of the component and instance templates.

`newInstances`
[]InstanceTemplate
(Optional)

Defines the configuration for new instances added during scaling, including resource requirements, labels, annotations, etc. New instances are created based on the provided instance templates.

`offlineInstancesToOnline`
[]string
(Optional)

Specifies the instances in the offline list to bring back online.

SchedulePolicy

(Appears on:BackupPolicy)

Field Description
`enabled`
bool
(Optional)

Specifies whether the backup schedule is enabled or not.

`backupMethod`
string

Defines the backup method name that is defined in backupPolicy.

`cronExpression`
string

Represents the cron expression for schedule, with the timezone set in UTC. Refer to https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron for more details.

`retentionPeriod`
github.com/apecloud/kubeblocks/apis/dataprotection/v1alpha1.RetentionPeriod
(Optional)

Determines the duration for which the backup should be retained. The controller will remove all backups that are older than the RetentionPeriod. For instance, a RetentionPeriod of `30d` will retain only the backups from the last 30 days. Sample duration format:

  • years: 2y
  • months: 6mo
  • days: 30d
  • hours: 12h
  • minutes: 30m

These durations can also be combined, for example: 30d12h30m.

SchedulingPolicy

(Appears on:ClusterComponentSpec, ClusterSpec, ComponentSpec, InstanceTemplate)

Field Description
`schedulerName`
string
(Optional)

If specified, the pod will be dispatched by specified scheduler. If not specified, the pod will be dispatched by default scheduler.

`nodeSelector`
map[string]string
(Optional)

NodeSelector is a selector which must be true for the pod to fit on a node. Selector which must match a node’s labels for the pod to be scheduled on that node. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/assign-pod-node/

`nodeName`
string
(Optional)

NodeName is a request to schedule this pod onto a specific node. If it is non-empty, the scheduler simply schedules this pod onto that node, assuming that it fits resource requirements.

`affinity`
Kubernetes core/v1.Affinity
(Optional)

If specified, the cluster’s scheduling constraints.

`tolerations`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.Toleration
(Optional)

Attached to tolerate any taint that matches the triple `key,value,effect` using the matching operator `operator`.

`topologySpreadConstraints`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.TopologySpreadConstraint
(Optional)

TopologySpreadConstraints describes how a group of pods ought to spread across topology domains. Scheduler will schedule pods in a way which abides by the constraints. All topologySpreadConstraints are ANDed.

ScriptFrom

(Appears on:ScriptSpec)

ScriptFrom specifies the source of the script to be executed, which can be either a ConfigMap or a Secret.

Field Description
`configMapRef`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.ConfigMapKeySelector
(Optional)

A list of ConfigMapKeySelector objects, each specifies a ConfigMap and a key containing the script.

Note: This field cannot be modified once set.

`secretRef`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.SecretKeySelector
(Optional)

A list of SecretKeySelector objects, each specifies a Secret and a key containing the script.

Note: This field cannot be modified once set.

ScriptSecret

(Appears on:ScriptSpec)

ScriptSecret represents the secret that is used to execute the script.

Field Description
`name`
string

Specifies the name of the secret.

`usernameKey`
string
(Optional)

Used to specify the username part of the secret.

`passwordKey`
string
(Optional)

Used to specify the password part of the secret.

ScriptSpec

(Appears on:SpecificOpsRequest)

ScriptSpec is a legacy feature for executing engine-specific operations such as creating databases or users. It supports limited engines including MySQL, PostgreSQL, Redis, MongoDB.

ScriptSpec has been replaced by the more versatile OpsDefinition. It is recommended to use OpsDefinition instead. ScriptSpec is deprecated and will be removed in a future version.

Field Description
`ComponentOps`
ComponentOps

(Members of `ComponentOps` are embedded into this type.)

Specifies the name of the Component.

`image`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the image to be used to execute scripts.

By default, the image “apecloud/kubeblocks-datascript:latest” is used.

`secret`
ScriptSecret
(Optional)

Defines the secret to be used to execute the script. If not specified, the default cluster root credential secret is used.

`script`
[]string
(Optional)

Defines the content of scripts to be executed.

All scripts specified in this field will be executed in the order they are provided.

Note: this field cannot be modified once set.

`scriptFrom`
ScriptFrom
(Optional)

Specifies the sources of the scripts to be executed. Each script can be imported either from a ConfigMap or a Secret.

All scripts obtained from the sources specified in this field will be executed after any scripts provided in the `script` field.

Execution order: 1. Scripts provided in the `script` field, in the order of the scripts listed. 2. Scripts imported from ConfigMaps, in the order of the sources listed. 3. Scripts imported from Secrets, in the order of the sources listed.

Note: this field cannot be modified once set.

`selector`
Kubernetes meta/v1.LabelSelector
(Optional)

Specifies the labels used to select the Pods on which the script should be executed.

By default, the script is executed on the Pod associated with the service named “{clusterName}-{componentName}”, which typically routes to the Pod with the primary/leader role.

However, some Components, such as Redis, do not synchronize account information between primary and secondary Pods. In these cases, the script must be executed on all replica Pods matching the selector.

Note: this field cannot be modified once set.

ScriptSpecSelector

(Appears on:ComponentSwitchover, PostStartAction, SwitchoverAction)

Field Description
`name`
string

Represents the name of the ScriptSpec referent.

SecretRef

(Appears on:UserResourceRefs)

SecretRef defines a reference to a Secret.

Field Description
`ResourceMeta`
ResourceMeta

(Members of `ResourceMeta` are embedded into this type.)

`secret`
Kubernetes core/v1.SecretVolumeSource

Secret specifies the Secret to be mounted as a volume.

Service

(Appears on:ClusterService, ComponentService)

Field Description
`name`
string

Name defines the name of the service. otherwise, it indicates the name of the service. Others can refer to this service by its name. (e.g., connection credential) Cannot be updated.

`serviceName`
string
(Optional)

ServiceName defines the name of the underlying service object. If not specified, the default service name with different patterns will be used:

  • CLUSTER_NAME: for cluster-level services
  • CLUSTER_NAME-COMPONENT_NAME: for component-level services

Only one default service name is allowed. Cannot be updated.

`annotations`
map[string]string
(Optional)

If ServiceType is LoadBalancer, cloud provider related parameters can be put here More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#loadbalancer.

`spec`
Kubernetes core/v1.ServiceSpec
(Optional)

Spec defines the behavior of a service. https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#spec-and-status



`ports`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.ServicePort

The list of ports that are exposed by this service. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#virtual-ips-and-service-proxies

`selector`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Route service traffic to pods with label keys and values matching this selector. If empty or not present, the service is assumed to have an external process managing its endpoints, which Kubernetes will not modify. Only applies to types ClusterIP, NodePort, and LoadBalancer. Ignored if type is ExternalName. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/

`clusterIP`
string
(Optional)

clusterIP is the IP address of the service and is usually assigned randomly. If an address is specified manually, is in-range (as per system configuration), and is not in use, it will be allocated to the service; otherwise creation of the service will fail. This field may not be changed through updates unless the type field is also being changed to ExternalName (which requires this field to be blank) or the type field is being changed from ExternalName (in which case this field may optionally be specified, as describe above). Valid values are “None”, empty string (“”), or a valid IP address. Setting this to “None” makes a “headless service” (no virtual IP), which is useful when direct endpoint connections are preferred and proxying is not required. Only applies to types ClusterIP, NodePort, and LoadBalancer. If this field is specified when creating a Service of type ExternalName, creation will fail. This field will be wiped when updating a Service to type ExternalName. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#virtual-ips-and-service-proxies

`clusterIPs`
[]string
(Optional)

ClusterIPs is a list of IP addresses assigned to this service, and are usually assigned randomly. If an address is specified manually, is in-range (as per system configuration), and is not in use, it will be allocated to the service; otherwise creation of the service will fail. This field may not be changed through updates unless the type field is also being changed to ExternalName (which requires this field to be empty) or the type field is being changed from ExternalName (in which case this field may optionally be specified, as describe above). Valid values are “None”, empty string (“”), or a valid IP address. Setting this to “None” makes a “headless service” (no virtual IP), which is useful when direct endpoint connections are preferred and proxying is not required. Only applies to types ClusterIP, NodePort, and LoadBalancer. If this field is specified when creating a Service of type ExternalName, creation will fail. This field will be wiped when updating a Service to type ExternalName. If this field is not specified, it will be initialized from the clusterIP field. If this field is specified, clients must ensure that clusterIPs[0] and clusterIP have the same value.

This field may hold a maximum of two entries (dual-stack IPs, in either order). These IPs must correspond to the values of the ipFamilies field. Both clusterIPs and ipFamilies are governed by the ipFamilyPolicy field. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#virtual-ips-and-service-proxies

`type`
Kubernetes core/v1.ServiceType
(Optional)

type determines how the Service is exposed. Defaults to ClusterIP. Valid options are ExternalName, ClusterIP, NodePort, and LoadBalancer. “ClusterIP” allocates a cluster-internal IP address for load-balancing to endpoints. Endpoints are determined by the selector or if that is not specified, by manual construction of an Endpoints object or EndpointSlice objects. If clusterIP is “None”, no virtual IP is allocated and the endpoints are published as a set of endpoints rather than a virtual IP. “NodePort” builds on ClusterIP and allocates a port on every node which routes to the same endpoints as the clusterIP. “LoadBalancer” builds on NodePort and creates an external load-balancer (if supported in the current cloud) which routes to the same endpoints as the clusterIP. “ExternalName” aliases this service to the specified externalName. Several other fields do not apply to ExternalName services. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#publishing-services-service-types

`externalIPs`
[]string
(Optional)

externalIPs is a list of IP addresses for which nodes in the cluster will also accept traffic for this service. These IPs are not managed by Kubernetes. The user is responsible for ensuring that traffic arrives at a node with this IP. A common example is external load-balancers that are not part of the Kubernetes system.

`sessionAffinity`
Kubernetes core/v1.ServiceAffinity
(Optional)

Supports “ClientIP” and “None”. Used to maintain session affinity. Enable client IP based session affinity. Must be ClientIP or None. Defaults to None. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#virtual-ips-and-service-proxies

`loadBalancerIP`
string
(Optional)

Only applies to Service Type: LoadBalancer. This feature depends on whether the underlying cloud-provider supports specifying the loadBalancerIP when a load balancer is created. This field will be ignored if the cloud-provider does not support the feature. Deprecated: This field was under-specified and its meaning varies across implementations. Using it is non-portable and it may not support dual-stack. Users are encouraged to use implementation-specific annotations when available.

`loadBalancerSourceRanges`
[]string
(Optional)

If specified and supported by the platform, this will restrict traffic through the cloud-provider load-balancer will be restricted to the specified client IPs. This field will be ignored if the cloud-provider does not support the feature.” More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/access-application-cluster/create-external-load-balancer/

`externalName`
string
(Optional)

externalName is the external reference that discovery mechanisms will return as an alias for this service (e.g. a DNS CNAME record). No proxying will be involved. Must be a lowercase RFC-1123 hostname (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123) and requires `type` to be “ExternalName”.

`externalTrafficPolicy`
Kubernetes core/v1.ServiceExternalTrafficPolicy
(Optional)

externalTrafficPolicy describes how nodes distribute service traffic they receive on one of the Service’s “externally-facing” addresses (NodePorts, ExternalIPs, and LoadBalancer IPs). If set to “Local”, the proxy will configure the service in a way that assumes that external load balancers will take care of balancing the service traffic between nodes, and so each node will deliver traffic only to the node-local endpoints of the service, without masquerading the client source IP. (Traffic mistakenly sent to a node with no endpoints will be dropped.) The default value, “Cluster”, uses the standard behavior of routing to all endpoints evenly (possibly modified by topology and other features). Note that traffic sent to an External IP or LoadBalancer IP from within the cluster will always get “Cluster” semantics, but clients sending to a NodePort from within the cluster may need to take traffic policy into account when picking a node.

`healthCheckNodePort`
int32
(Optional)

healthCheckNodePort specifies the healthcheck nodePort for the service. This only applies when type is set to LoadBalancer and externalTrafficPolicy is set to Local. If a value is specified, is in-range, and is not in use, it will be used. If not specified, a value will be automatically allocated. External systems (e.g. load-balancers) can use this port to determine if a given node holds endpoints for this service or not. If this field is specified when creating a Service which does not need it, creation will fail. This field will be wiped when updating a Service to no longer need it (e.g. changing type). This field cannot be updated once set.

`publishNotReadyAddresses`
bool
(Optional)

publishNotReadyAddresses indicates that any agent which deals with endpoints for this Service should disregard any indications of ready/not-ready. The primary use case for setting this field is for a StatefulSet’s Headless Service to propagate SRV DNS records for its Pods for the purpose of peer discovery. The Kubernetes controllers that generate Endpoints and EndpointSlice resources for Services interpret this to mean that all endpoints are considered “ready” even if the Pods themselves are not. Agents which consume only Kubernetes generated endpoints through the Endpoints or EndpointSlice resources can safely assume this behavior.

`sessionAffinityConfig`
Kubernetes core/v1.SessionAffinityConfig
(Optional)

sessionAffinityConfig contains the configurations of session affinity.

`ipFamilies`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.IPFamily
(Optional)

IPFamilies is a list of IP families (e.g. IPv4, IPv6) assigned to this service. This field is usually assigned automatically based on cluster configuration and the ipFamilyPolicy field. If this field is specified manually, the requested family is available in the cluster, and ipFamilyPolicy allows it, it will be used; otherwise creation of the service will fail. This field is conditionally mutable: it allows for adding or removing a secondary IP family, but it does not allow changing the primary IP family of the Service. Valid values are “IPv4” and “IPv6”. This field only applies to Services of types ClusterIP, NodePort, and LoadBalancer, and does apply to “headless” services. This field will be wiped when updating a Service to type ExternalName.

This field may hold a maximum of two entries (dual-stack families, in either order). These families must correspond to the values of the clusterIPs field, if specified. Both clusterIPs and ipFamilies are governed by the ipFamilyPolicy field.

`ipFamilyPolicy`
Kubernetes core/v1.IPFamilyPolicy
(Optional)

IPFamilyPolicy represents the dual-stack-ness requested or required by this Service. If there is no value provided, then this field will be set to SingleStack. Services can be “SingleStack” (a single IP family), “PreferDualStack” (two IP families on dual-stack configured clusters or a single IP family on single-stack clusters), or “RequireDualStack” (two IP families on dual-stack configured clusters, otherwise fail). The ipFamilies and clusterIPs fields depend on the value of this field. This field will be wiped when updating a service to type ExternalName.

`allocateLoadBalancerNodePorts`
bool
(Optional)

allocateLoadBalancerNodePorts defines if NodePorts will be automatically allocated for services with type LoadBalancer. Default is “true”. It may be set to “false” if the cluster load-balancer does not rely on NodePorts. If the caller requests specific NodePorts (by specifying a value), those requests will be respected, regardless of this field. This field may only be set for services with type LoadBalancer and will be cleared if the type is changed to any other type.

`loadBalancerClass`
string
(Optional)

loadBalancerClass is the class of the load balancer implementation this Service belongs to. If specified, the value of this field must be a label-style identifier, with an optional prefix, e.g. “internal-vip” or “example.com/internal-vip”. Unprefixed names are reserved for end-users. This field can only be set when the Service type is ‘LoadBalancer’. If not set, the default load balancer implementation is used, today this is typically done through the cloud provider integration, but should apply for any default implementation. If set, it is assumed that a load balancer implementation is watching for Services with a matching class. Any default load balancer implementation (e.g. cloud providers) should ignore Services that set this field. This field can only be set when creating or updating a Service to type ‘LoadBalancer’. Once set, it can not be changed. This field will be wiped when a service is updated to a non ‘LoadBalancer’ type.

`internalTrafficPolicy`
Kubernetes core/v1.ServiceInternalTrafficPolicy
(Optional)

InternalTrafficPolicy describes how nodes distribute service traffic they receive on the ClusterIP. If set to “Local”, the proxy will assume that pods only want to talk to endpoints of the service on the same node as the pod, dropping the traffic if there are no local endpoints. The default value, “Cluster”, uses the standard behavior of routing to all endpoints evenly (possibly modified by topology and other features).

`roleSelector`
string
(Optional)

Extends the above `serviceSpec.selector` by allowing you to specify defined role as selector for the service. When `roleSelector` is set, it adds a label selector “kubeblocks.io/role: {roleSelector}” to the `serviceSpec.selector`. Example usage:


  roleSelector: "leader"

In this example, setting `roleSelector` to “leader” will add a label selector “kubeblocks.io/role: leader” to the `serviceSpec.selector`. This means that the service will select and route traffic to Pods with the label “kubeblocks.io/role” set to “leader”.

Note that if `podService` sets to true, RoleSelector will be ignored. The `podService` flag takes precedence over `roleSelector` and generates a service for each Pod.

ServiceDescriptorSpec

(Appears on:ServiceDescriptor)

ServiceDescriptorSpec defines the desired state of ServiceDescriptor.

Field Description
`serviceKind`
string

Describes the type of database service provided by the external service. For example, “mysql”, “redis”, “mongodb”. This field categorizes databases by their functionality, protocol and compatibility, facilitating appropriate service integration based on their unique capabilities.

This field is case-insensitive.

It also supports abbreviations for some well-known databases: - “pg”, “pgsql”, “postgres”, “postgresql”: PostgreSQL service - “zk”, “zookeeper”: ZooKeeper service - “es”, “elasticsearch”: Elasticsearch service - “mongo”, “mongodb”: MongoDB service - “ch”, “clickhouse”: ClickHouse service

`serviceVersion`
string

Describes the version of the service provided by the external service. This is crucial for ensuring compatibility between different components of the system, as different versions of a service may have varying features.

`endpoint`
CredentialVar
(Optional)

Specifies the endpoint of the external service.

If the service is exposed via a cluster, the endpoint will be provided in the format of `host:port`.

`host`
CredentialVar
(Optional)

Specifies the service or IP address of the external service.

`port`
CredentialVar
(Optional)

Specifies the port of the external service.

`auth`
ConnectionCredentialAuth
(Optional)

Specifies the authentication credentials required for accessing an external service.

ServiceDescriptorStatus

(Appears on:ServiceDescriptor)

ServiceDescriptorStatus defines the observed state of ServiceDescriptor

Field Description
`phase`
Phase
(Optional)

Indicates the current lifecycle phase of the ServiceDescriptor. This can be either ‘Available’ or ‘Unavailable’.

`message`
string
(Optional)

Provides a human-readable explanation detailing the reason for the current phase of the ServiceConnectionCredential.

`observedGeneration`
int64
(Optional)

Represents the generation number that has been processed by the controller.

ServicePort

(Appears on:ServiceSpec)

ServicePort is deprecated since v0.8.

Field Description
`name`
string

The name of this port within the service. This must be a DNS_LABEL. All ports within a ServiceSpec must have unique names. When considering the endpoints for a Service, this must match the ‘name’ field in the EndpointPort.

`protocol`
Kubernetes core/v1.Protocol
(Optional)

The IP protocol for this port. Supports “TCP”, “UDP”, and “SCTP”. Default is TCP.

`appProtocol`
string
(Optional)

The application protocol for this port. This field follows standard Kubernetes label syntax. Un-prefixed names are reserved for IANA standard service names (as per RFC-6335 and https://www.iana.org/assignments/service-names). Non-standard protocols should use prefixed names such as mycompany.com/my-custom-protocol.

`port`
int32

The port that will be exposed by this service.

`targetPort`
Kubernetes api utils intstr.IntOrString
(Optional)

Number or name of the port to access on the pods targeted by the service.

Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME.

  • If this is a string, it will be looked up as a named port in the target Pod’s container ports.
  • If this is not specified, the value of the `port` field is used (an identity map).

This field is ignored for services with clusterIP=None, and should be omitted or set equal to the `port` field.

More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#defining-a-service

ServiceRef

(Appears on:ClusterComponentSpec, ComponentSpec)

Field Description
`name`
string

Specifies the identifier of the service reference declaration. It corresponds to the serviceRefDeclaration name defined in either:

  • `componentDefinition.spec.serviceRefDeclarations[*].name`
  • `clusterDefinition.spec.componentDefs[*].serviceRefDeclarations[*].name` (deprecated)
`namespace`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the namespace of the referenced Cluster or the namespace of the referenced ServiceDescriptor object. If not provided, the referenced Cluster and ServiceDescriptor will be searched in the namespace of the current Cluster by default.

`cluster`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the name of the KubeBlocks Cluster being referenced. This is used when services from another KubeBlocks Cluster are consumed.

By default, the referenced KubeBlocks Cluster’s `clusterDefinition.spec.connectionCredential` will be utilized to bind to the current Component. This credential should include: `endpoint`, `port`, `username`, and `password`.

Note:

  • The `ServiceKind` and `ServiceVersion` specified in the service reference within the ClusterDefinition are not validated when using this approach.
  • If both `cluster` and `serviceDescriptor` are present, `cluster` will take precedence.

Deprecated since v0.9 since `clusterDefinition.spec.connectionCredential` is deprecated, use `clusterServiceSelector` instead. This field is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged. Existing usage should be updated to the current preferred approach to avoid compatibility issues in future releases.

`clusterServiceSelector`
ServiceRefClusterSelector
(Optional)

References a service provided by another KubeBlocks Cluster. It specifies the ClusterService and the account credentials needed for access.

`serviceDescriptor`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the name of the ServiceDescriptor object that describes a service provided by external sources.

When referencing a service provided by external sources, a ServiceDescriptor object is required to establish the service binding. The `serviceDescriptor.spec.serviceKind` and `serviceDescriptor.spec.serviceVersion` should match the serviceKind and serviceVersion declared in the definition.

If both `cluster` and `serviceDescriptor` are specified, the `cluster` takes precedence.

ServiceRefClusterSelector

(Appears on:ServiceRef)

Field Description
`cluster`
string

The name of the Cluster being referenced.

`service`
ServiceRefServiceSelector
(Optional)

Identifies a ClusterService from the list of Services defined in `cluster.spec.services` of the referenced Cluster.

`credential`
ServiceRefCredentialSelector
(Optional)

Specifies the SystemAccount to authenticate and establish a connection with the referenced Cluster. The SystemAccount should be defined in `componentDefinition.spec.systemAccounts` of the Component providing the service in the referenced Cluster.

ServiceRefCredentialSelector

(Appears on:ServiceRefClusterSelector)

Field Description
`component`
string

The name of the Component where the credential resides in.

`name`
string

The name of the credential (SystemAccount) to reference.

ServiceRefDeclaration

(Appears on:ClusterComponentDefinition, ComponentDefinitionSpec)

ServiceRefDeclaration represents a reference to a service that can be either provided by a KubeBlocks Cluster or an external service. It acts as a placeholder for the actual service reference, which is determined later when a Cluster is created.

The purpose of ServiceRefDeclaration is to declare a service dependency without specifying the concrete details of the service. It allows for flexibility and abstraction in defining service references within a Component. By using ServiceRefDeclaration, you can define service dependencies in a declarative manner, enabling loose coupling and easier management of service references across different components and clusters.

Upon Cluster creation, the ServiceRefDeclaration is bound to an actual service through the ServiceRef field, effectively resolving and connecting to the specified service.

Field Description
`name`
string

Specifies the name of the ServiceRefDeclaration.

`serviceRefDeclarationSpecs`
[]ServiceRefDeclarationSpec

Defines a list of constraints and requirements for services that can be bound to this ServiceRefDeclaration upon Cluster creation. Each ServiceRefDeclarationSpec defines a ServiceKind and ServiceVersion, outlining the acceptable service types and versions that are compatible.

This flexibility allows a ServiceRefDeclaration to be fulfilled by any one of the provided specs. For example, if it requires an OLTP database, specs for both MySQL and PostgreSQL are listed, either MySQL or PostgreSQL services can be used when binding.

`optional`
bool
(Optional)

Specifies whether the service reference can be optional.

For an optional service-ref, the component can still be created even if the service-ref is not provided.

ServiceRefDeclarationSpec

(Appears on:ServiceRefDeclaration)

Field Description
`serviceKind`
string

Specifies the type or nature of the service. This should be a well-known application cluster type, such as {mysql, redis, mongodb}. The field is case-insensitive and supports abbreviations for some well-known databases. For instance, both `zk` and `zookeeper` are considered as a ZooKeeper cluster, while `pg`, `postgres`, `postgresql` are all recognized as a PostgreSQL cluster.

`serviceVersion`
string

Defines the service version of the service reference. This is a regular expression that matches a version number pattern. For instance, `^8.0.8$`, `8.0.\d{1,2}$`, `^[v\-]*?(\d{1,2}\.){0,3}\d{1,2}$` are all valid patterns.

ServiceRefServiceSelector

(Appears on:ServiceRefClusterSelector)

Field Description
`component`
string
(Optional)

The name of the Component where the Service resides in.

It is required when referencing a Component’s Service.

`service`
string

The name of the Service to be referenced.

Leave it empty to reference the default Service. Set it to “headless” to reference the default headless Service.

If the referenced Service is of pod-service type (a Service per Pod), there will be multiple Service objects matched, and the resolved value will be presented in the following format: service1.name,service2.name…

`port`
string
(Optional)

The port name of the Service to be referenced.

If there is a non-zero node-port exist for the matched Service port, the node-port will be selected first.

If the referenced Service is of pod-service type (a Service per Pod), there will be multiple Service objects matched, and the resolved value will be presented in the following format: service1.name:port1,service2.name:port2…

ServiceRefVarSelector

(Appears on:VarSource)

ServiceRefVarSelector selects a var from a ServiceRefDeclaration.

Field Description
`ClusterObjectReference`
ClusterObjectReference

(Members of `ClusterObjectReference` are embedded into this type.)

The ServiceRefDeclaration to select from.

`ServiceRefVars`
ServiceRefVars

(Members of `ServiceRefVars` are embedded into this type.)

ServiceRefVars

(Appears on:ServiceRefVarSelector)

ServiceRefVars defines the vars that can be referenced from a ServiceRef.

Field Description
`endpoint`
VarOption
(Optional)
`host`
VarOption
(Optional)
`port`
VarOption
(Optional)
`CredentialVars`
CredentialVars

(Members of `CredentialVars` are embedded into this type.)

ServiceSpec

(Appears on:ClusterComponentDefinition)

ServiceSpec is deprecated since v0.8.

Field Description
`ports`
[]ServicePort
(Optional)

The list of ports that are exposed by this service. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#virtual-ips-and-service-proxies

ServiceVarSelector

(Appears on:VarSource)

ServiceVarSelector selects a var from a Service.

Field Description
`ClusterObjectReference`
ClusterObjectReference

(Members of `ClusterObjectReference` are embedded into this type.)

The Service to select from. It can be referenced from the default headless service by setting the name to “headless”.

`ServiceVars`
ServiceVars

(Members of `ServiceVars` are embedded into this type.)

ServiceVars

(Appears on:ServiceVarSelector)

ServiceVars defines the vars that can be referenced from a Service.

Field Description
`host`
VarOption
(Optional)
`loadBalancer`
VarOption
(Optional)

LoadBalancer represents the LoadBalancer ingress point of the service.

If multiple ingress points are available, the first one will be used automatically, choosing between IP and Hostname.

`port`
NamedVar
(Optional)

Port references a port or node-port defined in the service.

If the referenced service is a pod-service, there will be multiple service objects matched, and the value will be presented in the following format: service1.name:port1,service2.name:port2…

ShardingSpec

(Appears on:ClusterSpec)

ShardingSpec defines how KubeBlocks manage dynamic provisioned shards. A typical design pattern for distributed databases is to distribute data across multiple shards, with each shard consisting of multiple replicas. Therefore, KubeBlocks supports representing a shard with a Component and dynamically instantiating Components using a template when shards are added. When shards are removed, the corresponding Components are also deleted.

Field Description
`name`
string

Represents the common parent part of all shard names. This identifier is included as part of the Service DNS name and must comply with IANA service naming rules. It is used to generate the names of underlying Components following the pattern `$(shardingSpec.name)-$(ShardID)`. ShardID is a random string that is appended to the Name to generate unique identifiers for each shard. For example, if the sharding specification name is “my-shard” and the ShardID is “abc”, the resulting Component name would be “my-shard-abc”.

Note that the name defined in Component template(`shardingSpec.template.name`) will be disregarded when generating the Component names of the shards. The `shardingSpec.name` field takes precedence.

`template`
ClusterComponentSpec

The template for generating Components for shards, where each shard consists of one Component. This field is of type ClusterComponentSpec, which encapsulates all the required details and definitions for creating and managing the Components. KubeBlocks uses this template to generate a set of identical Components or shards. All the generated Components will have the same specifications and definitions as specified in the `template` field.

This allows for the creation of multiple Components with consistent configurations, enabling sharding and distribution of workloads across Components.

`shards`
int32

Specifies the desired number of shards. Users can declare the desired number of shards through this field. KubeBlocks dynamically creates and deletes Components based on the difference between the desired and actual number of shards. KubeBlocks provides lifecycle management for sharding, including:

  • Executing the postProvision Action defined in the ComponentDefinition when the number of shards increases. This allows for custom actions to be performed after a new shard is provisioned.
  • Executing the preTerminate Action defined in the ComponentDefinition when the number of shards decreases. This enables custom cleanup or data migration tasks to be executed before a shard is terminated. Resources and data associated with the corresponding Component will also be deleted.

SpecificOpsRequest

(Appears on:OpsRequestSpec)

Field Description
`upgrade`
Upgrade
(Optional)

Specifies the desired new version of the Cluster.

Note: This field is immutable once set.

`horizontalScaling`
[]HorizontalScaling
(Optional)

Lists HorizontalScaling objects, each specifying scaling requirements for a Component, including desired replica changes, configurations for new instances, modifications for existing instances, and take offline/online the specified instances.

`volumeExpansion`
[]VolumeExpansion
(Optional)

Lists VolumeExpansion objects, each specifying a component and its corresponding volumeClaimTemplates that requires storage expansion.

`start`
[]ComponentOps
(Optional)

Lists Components to be started. If empty, all components will be started.

`stop`
[]ComponentOps
(Optional)

Lists Components to be stopped. If empty, all components will be stopped.

`restart`
[]ComponentOps
(Optional)

Lists Components to be restarted.

`switchover`
[]Switchover
(Optional)

Lists Switchover objects, each specifying a Component to perform the switchover operation.

`verticalScaling`
[]VerticalScaling
(Optional)

Lists VerticalScaling objects, each specifying a component and its desired compute resources for vertical scaling.

`reconfigure`
Reconfigure
(Optional)

Specifies a component and its configuration updates.

This field is deprecated and replaced by `reconfigures`.

`reconfigures`
[]Reconfigure
(Optional)

Lists Reconfigure objects, each specifying a Component and its configuration updates.

`expose`
[]Expose
(Optional)

Lists Expose objects, each specifying a Component and its services to be exposed.

`scriptSpec`
ScriptSpec
(Optional)

Specifies the image and scripts for executing engine-specific operations such as creating databases or users. It supports limited engines including MySQL, PostgreSQL, Redis, MongoDB.

ScriptSpec has been replaced by the more versatile OpsDefinition. It is recommended to use OpsDefinition instead. ScriptSpec is deprecated and will be removed in a future version.

`backup`
Backup
(Optional)

Specifies the parameters to backup a Cluster.

`backupSpec`
Backup
(Optional)

Deprecated: since v0.9, use backup instead. Specifies the parameters to backup a Cluster.

`restore`
Restore
(Optional)

Specifies the parameters to restore a Cluster. Note that this restore operation will roll back cluster services.

`restoreSpec`
Restore
(Optional)

Deprecated: since v0.9, use restore instead. Specifies the parameters to restore a Cluster. Note that this restore operation will roll back cluster services.

`rebuildFrom`
[]RebuildInstance
(Optional)

Specifies the parameters to rebuild some instances. Rebuilding an instance involves restoring its data from a backup or another database replica. The instances being rebuilt usually serve as standby in the cluster. Hence rebuilding instances is often also referred to as “standby reconstruction”.

`custom`
CustomOps
(Optional)

Specifies a custom operation defined by OpsDefinition.

StatefulSetSpec

(Appears on:ClusterComponentDefinition, ConsensusSetSpec, ReplicationSetSpec)

StatefulSetSpec is deprecated since v0.7.

Field Description
`updateStrategy`
UpdateStrategy
(Optional)

Specifies the strategy for updating Pods. For workloadType=`Consensus`, the update strategy can be one of the following:

  • `Serial`: Updates Members sequentially to minimize component downtime.
  • `BestEffortParallel`: Updates Members in parallel to minimize component write downtime. Majority remains online at all times.
  • `Parallel`: Forces parallel updates.
`llPodManagementPolicy`
Kubernetes apps/v1.PodManagementPolicyType
(Optional)

Controls the creation of pods during initial scale up, replacement of pods on nodes, and scaling down.

  • `OrderedReady`: Creates pods in increasing order (pod-0, then pod-1, etc). The controller waits until each pod is ready before continuing. Pods are removed in reverse order when scaling down.
  • `Parallel`: Creates pods in parallel to match the desired scale without waiting. All pods are deleted at once when scaling down.
`llUpdateStrategy`
Kubernetes apps/v1.StatefulSetUpdateStrategy
(Optional)

Specifies the low-level StatefulSetUpdateStrategy to be used when updating Pods in the StatefulSet upon a revision to the Template. `UpdateStrategy` will be ignored if this is provided.

StatefulSetWorkload

StatefulSetWorkload interface

StatelessSetSpec

(Appears on:ClusterComponentDefinition)

StatelessSetSpec is deprecated since v0.7.

Field Description
`updateStrategy`
Kubernetes apps/v1.DeploymentStrategy
(Optional)

Specifies the deployment strategy that will be used to replace existing pods with new ones.

StorageConstraint

(Appears on:ResourceConstraintRule)

Field Description
`min`
Kubernetes resource.Quantity
(Optional)

The minimum size of storage.

`max`
Kubernetes resource.Quantity
(Optional)

The maximum size of storage.

SwitchPolicyType (`string` alias)

(Appears on:ClusterSwitchPolicy)

SwitchPolicyType defines the types of switch policies that can be applied to a cluster.

Currently, only the Noop policy is supported. Support for MaximumAvailability and MaximumDataProtection policies is planned for future releases.

Value Description

"MaximumAvailability"

MaximumAvailability represents a switch policy that aims for maximum availability. This policy will switch if the primary is active and the synchronization delay is 0 according to the user-defined lagProbe data delay detection logic. If the primary is down, it will switch immediately. This policy is intended for future support.

"MaximumDataProtection"

MaximumDataProtection represents a switch policy focused on maximum data protection. This policy will only switch if the primary is active and the synchronization delay is 0, based on the user-defined lagProbe data lag detection logic. If the primary is down, it will switch only if it can be confirmed that the primary and secondary data are consistent. Otherwise, it will not switch. This policy is planned for future implementation.

"Noop"

Noop indicates that KubeBlocks will not perform any high-availability switching for the components. Users are required to implement their own HA solution or integrate an existing open-source HA solution.

Switchover

(Appears on:SpecificOpsRequest)

Field Description
`componentName`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the name of the Component as defined in the cluster.spec.

`componentObjectName`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the name of the Component object.

`instanceName`
string

Specifies the instance to become the primary or leader during a switchover operation.

The value of `instanceName` can be either:

  1. ”*” (wildcard value):
  • Indicates no specific instance is designated as the primary or leader.
  • Executes the switchover action from `clusterDefinition.componentDefs[*].switchoverSpec.withoutCandidate`.
  • `clusterDefinition.componentDefs[x].switchoverSpec.withoutCandidate` must be defined when using “*”.
  1. A valid instance name (pod name):
  • Designates a specific instance (pod) as the primary or leader.
  • The name must match one of the pods in the component. Any non-valid pod name is considered invalid.
  • Executes the switchover action from `clusterDefinition.componentDefs[*].switchoverSpec.withCandidate`.
  • `clusterDefinition.componentDefs[*].switchoverSpec.withCandidate` must be defined when specifying a valid instance name.

SwitchoverAction

(Appears on:SwitchoverSpec)

SwitchoverAction is deprecated since v0.8.

Field Description
`cmdExecutorConfig`
CmdExecutorConfig

Specifies the switchover command.

`scriptSpecSelectors`
[]ScriptSpecSelector
(Optional)

Used to select the script that need to be referenced. When defined, the scripts defined in scriptSpecs can be referenced within the SwitchoverAction.CmdExecutorConfig.

SwitchoverShortSpec

(Appears on:ClusterComponentVersion)

SwitchoverShortSpec represents a condensed version of the SwitchoverSpec.

Deprecated since v0.9. This struct is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged.

Field Description
`cmdExecutorConfig`
CommandExecutorEnvItem

Represents the configuration for the command executor.

SwitchoverSpec

(Appears on:ClusterComponentDefinition)

SwitchoverSpec is deprecated since v0.8.

Field Description
`withCandidate`
SwitchoverAction
(Optional)

Represents the action of switching over to a specified candidate primary or leader instance.

`withoutCandidate`
SwitchoverAction
(Optional)

Represents the action of switching over without specifying a candidate primary or leader instance.

SystemAccount

(Appears on:ComponentDefinitionSpec)

Field Description
`name`
string

Specifies the unique identifier for the account. This name is used by other entities to reference the account.

This field is immutable once set.

`initAccount`
bool
(Optional)

Indicates if this account is a system initialization account (e.g., MySQL root).

This field is immutable once set.

`statement`
string
(Optional)

Defines the statement used to create the account with the necessary privileges.

This field is immutable once set.

`passwordGenerationPolicy`
PasswordConfig
(Optional)

Specifies the policy for generating the account’s password.

This field is immutable once set.

`secretRef`
ProvisionSecretRef
(Optional)

Refers to the secret from which data will be copied to create the new account.

This field is immutable once set.

SystemAccountConfig

(Appears on:SystemAccountSpec)

SystemAccountConfig specifies how to create and delete system accounts.

Deprecated since v0.9.

Field Description
`name`
AccountName

The unique identifier of a system account.

`provisionPolicy`
ProvisionPolicy

Outlines the strategy for creating the account.

SystemAccountShortSpec

(Appears on:ClusterComponentVersion)

SystemAccountShortSpec represents a condensed version of the SystemAccountSpec.

Deprecated since v0.9. This struct is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged.

Field Description
`cmdExecutorConfig`
CommandExecutorEnvItem

Configures the method for obtaining the client SDK and executing statements.

SystemAccountSpec

(Appears on:ClusterComponentDefinition)

SystemAccountSpec specifies information to create system accounts.

Deprecated since v0.8, be replaced by `componentDefinition.spec.systemAccounts` and `componentDefinition.spec.lifecycleActions.accountProvision`.

Field Description
`cmdExecutorConfig`
CmdExecutorConfig

Configures how to obtain the client SDK and execute statements.

`passwordConfig`
PasswordConfig

Defines the pattern used to generate passwords for system accounts.

`accounts`
[]SystemAccountConfig

Defines the configuration settings for system accounts.

TLSConfig

(Appears on:ComponentSpec)

Field Description
`enable`
bool
(Optional)

A boolean flag that indicates whether the Component should use Transport Layer Security (TLS) for secure communication. When set to true, the Component will be configured to use TLS encryption for its network connections. This ensures that the data transmitted between the Component and its clients or other Components is encrypted and protected from unauthorized access. If TLS is enabled, the Component may require additional configuration, such as specifying TLS certificates and keys, to properly set up the secure communication channel.

`issuer`
Issuer
(Optional)

Specifies the configuration for the TLS certificates issuer. It allows defining the issuer name and the reference to the secret containing the TLS certificates and key. The secret should contain the CA certificate, TLS certificate, and private key in the specified keys. Required when TLS is enabled.

TLSSecretRef

(Appears on:Issuer)

TLSSecretRef defines Secret contains Tls certs

Field Description
`name`
string

Name of the Secret that contains user-provided certificates.

`ca`
string

Key of CA cert in Secret

`cert`
string

Key of Cert in Secret

`key`
string

Key of TLS private key in Secret

TargetInstance

(Appears on:BackupMethod, BackupPolicy)

Field Description
`role`
string

Specifies the role to select one or more replicas for backup.

  • If no replica with the specified role exists, the backup task will fail. Special case: If there is only one replica in the cluster, it will be used for backup, even if its role differs from the specified one. For example, if you specify backing up on a secondary replica, but the cluster is single-node with only one primary replica, the primary will be used for backup. Future versions will address this special case using role priorities.
  • If multiple replicas satisfy the specified role, the choice (`Any` or `All`) will be made according to the `strategy` field below.
`fallbackRole`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the fallback role to select one replica for backup, this only takes effect when the `strategy` field below is set to `Any`.

`account`
string
(Optional)

If `backupPolicy.componentDefs` is set, this field is required to specify the system account name. This account must match one listed in `componentDefinition.spec.systemAccounts[*].name`. The corresponding secret created by this account is used to connect to the database.

If `backupPolicy.componentDefRef` (a legacy and deprecated API) is set, the secret defined in `clusterDefinition.spec.ConnectionCredential` is used instead.

`strategy`
github.com/apecloud/kubeblocks/apis/dataprotection/v1alpha1.PodSelectionStrategy
(Optional)

Specifies the PodSelectionStrategy to use when multiple pods are selected for the backup target. Valid values are:

  • Any: Selects any one pod that matches the labelsSelector.
  • All: Selects all pods that match the labelsSelector.
`connectionCredentialKey`
ConnectionCredentialKey
(Optional)

Specifies the keys of the connection credential secret defined in `clusterDefinition.spec.ConnectionCredential`. It will be ignored when the `account` is set.

TargetPodSelector (`string` alias)

(Appears on:Action)

TargetPodSelector defines how to select pod(s) to execute an Action.

Value Description

"All"

"Any"

"Ordinal"

"Role"

TenancyType (`string` alias)

(Appears on:Affinity, ClusterSpec)

TenancyType defines the type of tenancy for cluster tenant resources.

Value Description

"DedicatedNode"

DedicatedNode means each pod runs on their own dedicated node.

"SharedNode"

SharedNode means multiple pods may share the same node.

TerminationPolicyType (`string` alias)

(Appears on:ClusterSpec)

TerminationPolicyType defines termination policy types.

Value Description

"Delete"

Delete is based on Halt and deletes PVCs.

"DoNotTerminate"

DoNotTerminate will block delete operation.

"Halt"

Halt will delete workload resources such as statefulset, deployment workloads but keep PVCs.

"WipeOut"

WipeOut is based on Delete and wipe out all volume snapshots and snapshot data from backup storage location.

TypedObjectRef

(Appears on:OpsResourceModifierAction)

Field Description
`apiGroup`
string

Specifies the group for the resource being referenced. If not specified, the referenced Kind must belong to the core API group. For all third-party types, this is mandatory.

`kind`
string

Specifies the type of resource being referenced.

`name`
string

Indicates the name of the resource being referenced.

UpdateStrategy (`string` alias)

(Appears on:ClusterComponentSpec, ComponentDefinitionSpec, StatefulSetSpec)

UpdateStrategy defines the update strategy for cluster components. This strategy determines how updates are applied across the cluster. The available strategies are `Serial`, `BestEffortParallel`, and `Parallel`.

Value Description

"BestEffortParallel"

BestEffortParallelStrategy indicates that the replicas are updated in parallel, with the operator making a best-effort attempt to update as many replicas as possible concurrently while maintaining the component’s availability. Unlike the `Parallel` strategy, the `BestEffortParallel` strategy aims to ensure that a minimum number of replicas remain available during the update process to maintain the component’s quorum and functionality.

For example, consider a component with 5 replicas. To maintain the component’s availability and quorum, the operator may allow a maximum of 2 replicas to be simultaneously updated. This ensures that at least 3 replicas (a quorum) remain available and functional during the update process.

The `BestEffortParallel` strategy strikes a balance between update speed and component availability.

"Parallel"

ParallelStrategy indicates that updates are applied simultaneously to all Pods of a Component. The replicas are updated in parallel, with the operator updating all replicas concurrently. This strategy provides the fastest update time but may lead to a period of reduced availability or capacity during the update process.

"Serial"

SerialStrategy indicates that updates are applied one at a time in a sequential manner. The operator waits for each replica to be updated and ready before proceeding to the next one. This ensures that only one replica is unavailable at a time during the update process.

UpdatedParameters

(Appears on:ConfigurationItemStatus)

UpdatedParameters holds details about the modifications made to configuration parameters. Example:


updatedParameters:
	updatedKeys:
	  my.cnf: '{"mysqld":{"max_connections":"100"}}'

Field Description
`addedKeys`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Maps newly added configuration files to their content.

`deletedKeys`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Lists the name of configuration files that have been deleted.

`updatedKeys`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Maps the name of configuration files to their updated content, detailing the changes made.

Upgrade

(Appears on:SpecificOpsRequest)

Upgrade defines the parameters for an upgrade operation.

Field Description
`clusterVersionRef`
string

Deprecated: since v0.9 because ClusterVersion is deprecated. Specifies the name of the target ClusterVersion for the upgrade.

`components`
[]UpgradeComponent
(Optional)

Lists components to be upgrade based on desired ComponentDefinition and ServiceVersion. From the perspective of cluster API, the reasonable combinations should be: 1. (comp-def, service-ver) - upgrade to the specified service version and component definition, the user takes the responsibility to ensure that they are compatible. 2. (“”, service-ver) - upgrade to the specified service version, let the operator choose the latest compatible component definition. 3. (comp-def, “”) - upgrade to the specified component definition, let the operator choose the latest compatible service version. 4. (“”, “”) - upgrade to the latest service version and component definition, the operator will ensure the compatibility between the selected versions.

UpgradeComponent

(Appears on:Upgrade)

Field Description
`ComponentOps`
ComponentOps

(Members of `ComponentOps` are embedded into this type.)

Specifies the name of the Component.

`componentDefinitionName`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the name of the ComponentDefinition, only exact matches are supported.

`serviceVersion`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the version of the Service expected to be provisioned by this Component. Referring to the ServiceVersion defined by the ComponentDefinition and ComponentVersion. And ServiceVersion in ClusterComponentSpec is optional, when no version is specified, use the latest available version in ComponentVersion.

UpgradePolicy (`string` alias)

(Appears on:ConfigurationItem, ConfigurationItemStatus)

UpgradePolicy defines the policy of reconfiguring.

Value Description

"autoReload"

"dynamicReloadBeginRestart"

"none"

"simple"

"parallel"

"rolling"

"operatorSyncUpdate"

UserResourceRefs

(Appears on:ClusterComponentSpec)

UserResourceRefs defines references to user-defined Secrets and ConfigMaps.

Field Description
`secretRefs`
[]SecretRef
(Optional)

SecretRefs defines the user-defined Secrets.

`configMapRefs`
[]ConfigMapRef
(Optional)

ConfigMapRefs defines the user-defined ConfigMaps.

ValueFrom

(Appears on:EnvMappingVar)

Field Description
`clusterVersionRef`
[]ValueMapping
(Optional)

Determine the appropriate version of the backup tool image from ClusterVersion.

Deprecated since v0.9, since ClusterVersion is deprecated.

`componentDef`
[]ValueMapping
(Optional)

Determine the appropriate version of the backup tool image from ComponentDefinition. Each name in the list can represent an exact name, a name prefix, or a regular expression pattern.

For example:

  • “mysql-8.0.30-v1alpha1”: Matches the exact name “mysql-8.0.30-v1alpha1”
  • “mysql-8.0.30”: Matches all names starting with “mysql-8.0.30”
  • ”^mysql-8.0.\d{1,2}$“: Matches all names starting with “mysql-8.0.” followed by one or two digits.
`serviceVersion`
[]ValueMapping
(Optional)

Determine the appropriate version of the backup tool image from ServiceVersion. Each service version in the list can represent an exact version, a version prefix, or a regular expression pattern.

For example:

  • “8.0.33”: Matches the exact version “8.0.33”
  • “8.0”: Matches all versions starting with “8.0”
  • ”^8.0.\d{1,2}$“: Matches all versions starting with “8.0.” followed by one or two digits.

ValueMapping

(Appears on:ValueFrom)

Field Description
`names`
[]string

Represents an array of names of ClusterVersion or ComponentDefinition or ServiceVersion that can be mapped to the appropriate version of the backup tool image.

This mapping allows different versions of component images to correspond to specific versions of backup tool images.

`mappingValue`
string

Specifies the appropriate version of the backup tool image.

VarOption (`string` alias)

(Appears on:ComponentVars, CredentialVars, NamedVar, ServiceRefVars, ServiceVars)

VarOption defines whether a variable is required or optional.

VarSource

(Appears on:EnvVar)

VarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar.

Field Description
`configMapKeyRef`
Kubernetes core/v1.ConfigMapKeySelector
(Optional)

Selects a key of a ConfigMap.

`secretKeyRef`
Kubernetes core/v1.SecretKeySelector
(Optional)

Selects a key of a Secret.

`hostNetworkVarRef`
HostNetworkVarSelector
(Optional)

Selects a defined var of host-network resources.

`serviceVarRef`
ServiceVarSelector
(Optional)

Selects a defined var of a Service.

`credentialVarRef`
CredentialVarSelector
(Optional)

Selects a defined var of a Credential (SystemAccount).

`serviceRefVarRef`
ServiceRefVarSelector
(Optional)

Selects a defined var of a ServiceRef.

`componentVarRef`
ComponentVarSelector
(Optional)

Selects a defined var of a Component.

VersionsContext

(Appears on:ClusterComponentVersion)

VersionsContext is deprecated since v0.9. This struct is maintained for backward compatibility and its use is discouraged.

Field Description
`initContainers`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.Container
(Optional)

Provides override values for ClusterDefinition.spec.componentDefs.podSpec.initContainers. Typically used in scenarios such as updating application container images.

`containers`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.Container
(Optional)

Provides override values for ClusterDefinition.spec.componentDefs.podSpec.containers. Typically used in scenarios such as updating application container images.

VerticalScaling

(Appears on:SpecificOpsRequest)

VerticalScaling refers to the process of adjusting compute resources (e.g., CPU, memory) allocated to a Component. It defines the parameters required for the operation.

Field Description
`ComponentOps`
ComponentOps

(Members of `ComponentOps` are embedded into this type.)

Specifies the name of the Component.

`ResourceRequirements`
Kubernetes core/v1.ResourceRequirements

(Members of `ResourceRequirements` are embedded into this type.)

Defines the desired compute resources of the Component’s instances.

`instances`
[]InstanceResourceTemplate
(Optional)

Specifies the desired compute resources of the instance template that need to vertical scale.

VolumeExpansion

(Appears on:SpecificOpsRequest)

VolumeExpansion encapsulates the parameters required for a volume expansion operation.

Field Description
`ComponentOps`
ComponentOps

(Members of `ComponentOps` are embedded into this type.)

Specifies the name of the Component.

`volumeClaimTemplates`
[]OpsRequestVolumeClaimTemplate

Specifies a list of OpsRequestVolumeClaimTemplate objects, defining the volumeClaimTemplates that are used to expand the storage and the desired storage size for each one.

`instances`
[]InstanceVolumeClaimTemplate
(Optional)

Specifies the desired storage size of the instance template that need to volume expand.

VolumeProtectionSpec

(Appears on:ClusterComponentDefinition)

VolumeProtectionSpec is deprecated since v0.9, replaced with ComponentVolume.HighWatermark.

Field Description
`highWatermark`
int
(Optional)

The high watermark threshold for volume space usage. If there is any specified volumes who’s space usage is over the threshold, the pre-defined “LOCK” action will be triggered to degrade the service to protect volume from space exhaustion, such as to set the instance as read-only. And after that, if all volumes’ space usage drops under the threshold later, the pre-defined “UNLOCK” action will be performed to recover the service normally.

`volumes`
[]ProtectedVolume
(Optional)

The Volumes to be protected.

VolumeType (`string` alias)

(Appears on:VolumeTypeSpec)

VolumeType defines the type of volume, specifically distinguishing between volumes used for backup data and those used for logs.

Value Description

"data"

VolumeTypeData indicates a volume designated for storing backup data. This type of volume is optimized for the storage and retrieval of data backups, ensuring data persistence and reliability.

"log"

VolumeTypeLog indicates a volume designated for storing logs. This type of volume is optimized for log data, facilitating efficient log storage, retrieval, and management.

VolumeTypeSpec

(Appears on:ClusterComponentDefinition)

VolumeTypeSpec is deprecated since v0.9, replaced with ComponentVolume.

Field Description
`name`
string

Corresponds to the name of the VolumeMounts field in PodSpec.Container.

`type`
VolumeType
(Optional)

Type of data the volume will persistent.

WorkloadType (`string` alias)

(Appears on:ClusterComponentDefinition, OpsRequestComponentStatus)

WorkloadType defines the type of workload for the components of the ClusterDefinition. It can be one of the following: `Stateless`, `Stateful`, `Consensus`, or `Replication`.

Deprecated since v0.8.

Value Description

"Consensus"

Consensus represents a workload type involving distributed consensus algorithms for coordinated decision-making.

"Replication"

Replication represents a workload type that involves replication, typically used for achieving high availability and fault tolerance.

"Stateful"

Stateful represents a workload type where components maintain state, and each instance has a unique identity.

"Stateless"

Stateless represents a workload type where components do not maintain state, and instances are interchangeable.


apps.kubeblocks.io/v1beta1

Resource Types:
  • ConfigConstraint

ConfigConstraint

ConfigConstraint manages the parameters across multiple configuration files contained in a single configure template. These configuration files should have the same format (e.g. ini, xml, properties, json).

It provides the following functionalities:

  1. Parameter Value Validation: Validates and ensures compliance of parameter values with defined constraints.
  2. Dynamic Reload on Modification: Monitors parameter changes and triggers dynamic reloads to apply updates.
  3. Parameter Rendering in Templates: Injects parameters into templates to generate up-to-date configuration files.
Field Description
`apiVersion`
string
`apps.kubeblocks.io/v1beta1`
`kind`
string
`ConfigConstraint`
`metadata`
Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the `metadata` field.
`spec`
ConfigConstraintSpec


`reloadAction`
ReloadAction
(Optional)

Specifies the dynamic reload (dynamic reconfiguration) actions supported by the engine. When set, the controller executes the scripts defined in these actions to handle dynamic parameter updates.

Dynamic reloading is triggered only if both of the following conditions are met:

  1. The modified parameters are listed in the `dynamicParameters` field. If `dynamicParameterSelectedPolicy` is set to “all”, modifications to `staticParameters` can also trigger a reload.
  2. `reloadAction` is set.

If `reloadAction` is not set or the modified parameters are not listed in `dynamicParameters`, dynamic reloading will not be triggered.

Example:


dynamicReloadAction:
 tplScriptTrigger:
   namespace: kb-system
   scriptConfigMapRef: mysql-reload-script
   sync: true

`mergeReloadAndRestart`
bool
(Optional)

Indicates whether to consolidate dynamic reload and restart actions into a single restart.

  • If true, updates requiring both actions will result in only a restart, merging the actions.
  • If false, updates will trigger both actions executed sequentially: first dynamic reload, then restart.

This flag allows for more efficient handling of configuration changes by potentially eliminating an unnecessary reload step.

`reloadStaticParamsBeforeRestart`
bool
(Optional)

Configures whether the dynamic reload specified in `reloadAction` applies only to dynamic parameters or to all parameters (including static parameters).

  • false (default): Only modifications to the dynamic parameters listed in `dynamicParameters` will trigger a dynamic reload.
  • true: Modifications to both dynamic parameters listed in `dynamicParameters` and static parameters listed in `staticParameters` will trigger a dynamic reload. The “all” option is for certain engines that require static parameters to be set via SQL statements before they can take effect on restart.
`downwardAPIChangeTriggeredActions`
[]DownwardAPIChangeTriggeredAction
(Optional)

Specifies a list of actions to execute specified commands based on Pod labels.

It utilizes the K8s Downward API to mount label information as a volume into the pod. The ‘config-manager’ sidecar container watches for changes in the role label and dynamically invoke registered commands (usually execute some SQL statements) when a change is detected.

It is designed for scenarios where:

  • Replicas with different roles have different configurations, such as Redis primary & secondary replicas.
  • After a role switch (e.g., from secondary to primary), some changes in configuration are needed to reflect the new role.
`parametersSchema`
ParametersSchema
(Optional)

Defines a list of parameters including their names, default values, descriptions, types, and constraints (permissible values or the range of valid values).

`staticParameters`
[]string
(Optional)

List static parameters. Modifications to any of these parameters require a restart of the process to take effect.

`dynamicParameters`
[]string
(Optional)

List dynamic parameters. Modifications to these parameters trigger a configuration reload without requiring a process restart.

`immutableParameters`
[]string
(Optional)

Lists the parameters that cannot be modified once set. Attempting to change any of these parameters will be ignored.

`fileFormatConfig`
FileFormatConfig

Specifies the format of the configuration file and any associated parameters that are specific to the chosen format. Supported formats include `ini`, `xml`, `yaml`, `json`, `hcl`, `dotenv`, `properties`, and `toml`.

Each format may have its own set of parameters that can be configured. For instance, when using the `ini` format, you can specify the section name.

Example:


fileFormatConfig:
 format: ini
 iniConfig:
   sectionName: mysqld

`status`
ConfigConstraintStatus

AutoTrigger

(Appears on:ReloadOptions, ReloadAction)

AutoTrigger automatically perform the reload when specified conditions are met.

Field Description
`processName`
string
(Optional)

The name of the process.

CfgFileFormat (`string` alias)

(Appears on:FileFormatConfig)

CfgFileFormat defines formatter of configuration files.

Value Description

"dotenv"

"hcl"

"ini"

"json"

"properties"

"props-plus"

"redis"

"toml"

"xml"

"yaml"

ConfigConstraintPhase (`string` alias)

(Appears on:ConfigConstraintStatus, ConfigConstraintStatus)

ConfigConstraintPhase defines the ConfigConstraint CR .status.phase

Value Description

"Available"

"Deleting"

"Unavailable"

ConfigConstraintSpec

(Appears on:ConfigConstraint)

ConfigConstraintSpec defines the desired state of ConfigConstraint

Field Description
`reloadAction`
ReloadAction
(Optional)

Specifies the dynamic reload (dynamic reconfiguration) actions supported by the engine. When set, the controller executes the scripts defined in these actions to handle dynamic parameter updates.

Dynamic reloading is triggered only if both of the following conditions are met:

  1. The modified parameters are listed in the `dynamicParameters` field. If `dynamicParameterSelectedPolicy` is set to “all”, modifications to `staticParameters` can also trigger a reload.
  2. `reloadAction` is set.

If `reloadAction` is not set or the modified parameters are not listed in `dynamicParameters`, dynamic reloading will not be triggered.

Example:


dynamicReloadAction:
 tplScriptTrigger:
   namespace: kb-system
   scriptConfigMapRef: mysql-reload-script
   sync: true

`mergeReloadAndRestart`
bool
(Optional)

Indicates whether to consolidate dynamic reload and restart actions into a single restart.

  • If true, updates requiring both actions will result in only a restart, merging the actions.
  • If false, updates will trigger both actions executed sequentially: first dynamic reload, then restart.

This flag allows for more efficient handling of configuration changes by potentially eliminating an unnecessary reload step.

`reloadStaticParamsBeforeRestart`
bool
(Optional)

Configures whether the dynamic reload specified in `reloadAction` applies only to dynamic parameters or to all parameters (including static parameters).

  • false (default): Only modifications to the dynamic parameters listed in `dynamicParameters` will trigger a dynamic reload.
  • true: Modifications to both dynamic parameters listed in `dynamicParameters` and static parameters listed in `staticParameters` will trigger a dynamic reload. The “all” option is for certain engines that require static parameters to be set via SQL statements before they can take effect on restart.
`downwardAPIChangeTriggeredActions`
[]DownwardAPIChangeTriggeredAction
(Optional)

Specifies a list of actions to execute specified commands based on Pod labels.

It utilizes the K8s Downward API to mount label information as a volume into the pod. The ‘config-manager’ sidecar container watches for changes in the role label and dynamically invoke registered commands (usually execute some SQL statements) when a change is detected.

It is designed for scenarios where:

  • Replicas with different roles have different configurations, such as Redis primary & secondary replicas.
  • After a role switch (e.g., from secondary to primary), some changes in configuration are needed to reflect the new role.
`parametersSchema`
ParametersSchema
(Optional)

Defines a list of parameters including their names, default values, descriptions, types, and constraints (permissible values or the range of valid values).

`staticParameters`
[]string
(Optional)

List static parameters. Modifications to any of these parameters require a restart of the process to take effect.

`dynamicParameters`
[]string
(Optional)

List dynamic parameters. Modifications to these parameters trigger a configuration reload without requiring a process restart.

`immutableParameters`
[]string
(Optional)

Lists the parameters that cannot be modified once set. Attempting to change any of these parameters will be ignored.

`fileFormatConfig`
FileFormatConfig

Specifies the format of the configuration file and any associated parameters that are specific to the chosen format. Supported formats include `ini`, `xml`, `yaml`, `json`, `hcl`, `dotenv`, `properties`, and `toml`.

Each format may have its own set of parameters that can be configured. For instance, when using the `ini` format, you can specify the section name.

Example:


fileFormatConfig:
 format: ini
 iniConfig:
   sectionName: mysqld

ConfigConstraintStatus

(Appears on:ConfigConstraint)

ConfigConstraintStatus represents the observed state of a ConfigConstraint.

Field Description
`phase`
ConfigConstraintPhase
(Optional)

Specifies the status of the configuration template. When set to CCAvailablePhase, the ConfigConstraint can be referenced by ClusterDefinition or ClusterVersion.

`message`
string
(Optional)

Provides descriptions for abnormal states.

`observedGeneration`
int64
(Optional)

Refers to the most recent generation observed for this ConfigConstraint. This value is updated by the API Server.

DownwardAPIChangeTriggeredAction

(Appears on:ConfigConstraintSpec, ConfigConstraintSpec)

DownwardAPIChangeTriggeredAction defines an action that triggers specific commands in response to changes in Pod labels. For example, a command might be executed when the ‘role’ label of the Pod is updated.

Field Description
`name`
string

Specifies the name of the field. It must be a string of maximum length 63. The name should match the regex pattern `^[a-z0-9]([a-z0-9\.\-]*[a-z0-9])?$`.

`mountPoint`
string

Specifies the mount point of the Downward API volume.

`items`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.DownwardAPIVolumeFile

Represents a list of files under the Downward API volume.

`command`
[]string
(Optional)

Specifies the command to be triggered when changes are detected in Downward API volume files. It relies on the inotify mechanism in the config-manager sidecar to monitor file changes.

`scriptConfig`
ScriptConfig
(Optional)

ScriptConfig object specifies a ConfigMap that contains script files that should be mounted inside the pod. The scripts are mounted as volumes and can be referenced and executed by the DownwardAction to perform specific tasks or configurations.

DynamicParameterSelectedPolicy (`string` alias)

DynamicParameterSelectedPolicy determines how to select the parameters of dynamic reload actions

Value Description

"all"

"dynamic"

DynamicReloadType (`string` alias)

DynamicReloadType defines reload method.

Value Description

"auto"

"http"

"sql"

"exec"

"tpl"

"signal"

FileFormatConfig

(Appears on:ConfigConstraintSpec, ConfigConstraintSpec)

FileFormatConfig specifies the format of the configuration file and any associated parameters that are specific to the chosen format.

Field Description
`FormatterAction`
FormatterAction

(Members of `FormatterAction` are embedded into this type.)

(Optional)

Each format may have its own set of parameters that can be configured. For instance, when using the `ini` format, you can specify the section name.

`format`
CfgFileFormat

The config file format. Valid values are `ini`, `xml`, `yaml`, `json`, `hcl`, `dotenv`, `properties` and `toml`. Each format has its own characteristics and use cases.

  • ini: is a text-based content with a structure and syntax comprising key–value pairs for properties, reference wiki: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/INI_file
  • xml: refers to wiki: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/XML
  • yaml: supports for complex data types and structures.
  • json: refers to wiki: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JSON
  • hcl: The HashiCorp Configuration Language (HCL) is a configuration language authored by HashiCorp, reference url: https://www.linode.com/docs/guides/introduction-to-hcl/
  • dotenv: is a plain text file with simple key–value pairs, reference wiki: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Configuration_file#MS-DOS
  • properties: a file extension mainly used in Java, reference wiki: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/.properties
  • toml: refers to wiki: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TOML
  • props-plus: a file extension mainly used in Java, supports CamelCase(e.g: brokerMaxConnectionsPerIp)

FormatterAction

(Appears on:FileFormatConfig)

FormatterAction configures format-specific options for different configuration file format. Note: Only one of its members should be specified at any given time.

Field Description
`iniConfig`
IniConfig
(Optional)

Holds options specific to the ‘ini’ file format.

IniConfig

(Appears on:FormatterAction)

IniConfig holds options specific to the ‘ini’ file format.

Field Description
`sectionName`
string
(Optional)

A string that describes the name of the ini section.

ParametersSchema

(Appears on:ConfigConstraintSpec)

ParametersSchema Defines a list of configuration items with their names, default values, descriptions, types, and constraints.

Field Description
`topLevelKey`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the top-level key in the ‘configSchema.cue’ that organizes the validation rules for parameters. This key must exist within the CUE script defined in ‘configSchema.cue’.

`cue`
string
(Optional)

Hold a string that contains a script written in CUE language that defines a list of configuration items. Each item is detailed with its name, default value, description, type (e.g. string, integer, float), and constraints (permissible values or the valid range of values).

CUE (Configure, Unify, Execute) is a declarative language designed for defining and validating complex data configurations. It is particularly useful in environments like K8s where complex configurations and validation rules are common.

This script functions as a validator for user-provided configurations, ensuring compliance with the established specifications and constraints.

`schemaInJSON`
Kubernetes api extensions v1.JSONSchemaProps

Generated from the ‘cue’ field and transformed into a JSON format.

ReloadAction

(Appears on:ConfigConstraintSpec)

ReloadAction defines the mechanisms available for dynamically reloading a process within K8s without requiring a restart.

Only one of the mechanisms can be specified at a time.

Field Description
`unixSignalTrigger`
UnixSignalTrigger
(Optional)

Used to trigger a reload by sending a specific Unix signal to the process.

`shellTrigger`
ShellTrigger
(Optional)

Allows to execute a custom shell script to reload the process.

`tplScriptTrigger`
TPLScriptTrigger
(Optional)

Enables reloading process using a Go template script.

`autoTrigger`
AutoTrigger
(Optional)

Automatically perform the reload when specified conditions are met.

`targetPodSelector`
Kubernetes meta/v1.LabelSelector
(Optional)

Used to match labels on the pod to determine whether a dynamic reload should be performed.

In some scenarios, only specific pods (e.g., primary replicas) need to undergo a dynamic reload. The `reloadedPodSelector` allows you to specify label selectors to target the desired pods for the reload process.

If the `reloadedPodSelector` is not specified or is nil, all pods managed by the workload will be considered for the dynamic reload.

ScriptConfig

(Appears on:ConfigConstraintSpec, DownwardAPIChangeTriggeredAction, ShellTrigger, TPLScriptTrigger)

Field Description
`scriptConfigMapRef`
string

Specifies the reference to the ConfigMap containing the scripts.

`namespace`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the namespace for the ConfigMap. If not specified, it defaults to the “default” namespace.

ShellTrigger

(Appears on:ReloadOptions, ReloadAction)

ShellTrigger allows to execute a custom shell script to reload the process.

Field Description
`command`
[]string

Specifies the command to execute in order to reload the process. It should be a valid shell command.

`sync`
bool
(Optional)

Determines the synchronization mode of parameter updates with “config-manager”.

  • ‘True’: Executes reload actions synchronously, pausing until completion.
  • ‘False’: Executes reload actions asynchronously, without waiting for completion.
`batchReload`
bool
(Optional)

Controls whether parameter updates are processed individually or collectively in a batch:

  • ‘True’: Processes all changes in one batch reload.
  • ‘False’: Processes each change individually.

Defaults to ‘False’ if unspecified.

`batchParamsFormatterTemplate`
string
(Optional)

Specifies a Go template string for formatting batch input data. It’s used when `batchReload` is ‘True’ to format data passed into STDIN of the script. The template accesses key-value pairs of updated parameters via the ‘$’ variable. This allows for custom formatting of the input data.

Example template:


batchParamsFormatterTemplate: |-
{{- range $pKey, $pValue := $ }}
{{ printf "%s:%s" $pKey $pValue }}
{{- end }}

This example generates batch input data in a key:value format, sorted by keys.


key1:value1
key2:value2
key3:value3

If not specified, the default format is key=value, sorted by keys, for each updated parameter.


key1=value1
key2=value2
key3=value3

`toolsSetup`
ToolsSetup
(Optional)

Specifies the tools container image used by ShellTrigger for dynamic reload. If the dynamic reload action is triggered by a ShellTrigger, this field is required. This image must contain all necessary tools for executing the ShellTrigger scripts.

Usually the specified image is referenced by the init container, which is then responsible for copy the tools from the image to a bin volume. This ensures that the tools are available to the ‘config-manager’ sidecar.

`scriptConfig`
ScriptConfig
(Optional)

ScriptConfig object specifies a ConfigMap that contains script files that should be mounted inside the pod. The scripts are mounted as volumes and can be referenced and executed by the dynamic reload.

SignalType (`string` alias)

(Appears on:UnixSignalTrigger)

SignalType defines which signals are valid.

Value Description

"SIGABRT"

"SIGALRM"

"SIGBUS"

"SIGCHLD"

"SIGCONT"

"SIGFPE"

"SIGHUP"

"SIGILL"

"SIGINT"

"SIGIO"

"SIGKILL"

"SIGPIPE"

"SIGPROF"

"SIGPWR"

"SIGQUIT"

"SIGSEGV"

"SIGSTKFLT"

"SIGSTOP"

"SIGSYS"

"SIGTERM"

"SIGTRAP"

"SIGTSTP"

"SIGTTIN"

"SIGTTOU"

"SIGURG"

"SIGUSR1"

"SIGUSR2"

"SIGVTALRM"

"SIGWINCH"

"SIGXCPU"

"SIGXFSZ"

TPLScriptTrigger

(Appears on:ReloadOptions, ReloadAction)

TPLScriptTrigger Enables reloading process using a Go template script.

Field Description
`ScriptConfig`
ScriptConfig

(Members of `ScriptConfig` are embedded into this type.)

Specifies the ConfigMap that contains the script to be executed for reload.

`sync`
bool
(Optional)

Determines whether parameter updates should be synchronized with the “config-manager”. Specifies the controller’s reload strategy:

  • If set to ‘True’, the controller executes the reload action in synchronous mode, pausing execution until the reload completes.
  • If set to ‘False’, the controller executes the reload action in asynchronous mode, updating the ConfigMap without waiting for the reload process to finish.

ToolConfig

(Appears on:ToolsSetup)

ToolConfig specifies the settings of an init container that prepare tools for dynamic reload.

Field Description
`name`
string

Specifies the name of the init container.

`asContainerImage`
bool
(Optional)

Indicates whether the tool image should be used as the container image for a sidecar. This is useful for large tool images, such as those for C++ tools, which may depend on numerous libraries (e.g., *.so files).

If enabled, the tool image is deployed as a sidecar container image.

Examples:


 toolsSetup::
   mountPoint: /kb_tools
   toolConfigs:
     - name: kb-tools
       asContainerImage: true
       image:  apecloud/oceanbase:4.2.0.0-100010032023083021

generated containers:


initContainers:
 - name: install-config-manager-tool
   image: apecloud/kubeblocks-tools:${version}
   command:
   - cp
   - /bin/config_render
   - /opt/tools
   volumemounts:
   - name: kb-tools
     mountpath: /opt/tools
containers:
 - name: config-manager
   image: apecloud/oceanbase:4.2.0.0-100010032023083021
   imagePullPolicy: IfNotPresent
	  command:
   - /opt/tools/reloader
   - --log-level
   - info
   - --operator-update-enable
   - --tcp
   - "9901"
   - --config
   - /opt/config-manager/config-manager.yaml
   volumemounts:
   - name: kb-tools
     mountpath: /opt/tools

`image`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the tool container image.

`command`
[]string
(Optional)

Specifies the command to be executed by the init container.

ToolsSetup

(Appears on:ConfigConstraintSpec, ShellTrigger)

ToolsSetup prepares the tools for dynamic reloads used in ShellTrigger from a specified container image.

Example:



toolsSetup:
	 mountPoint: /kb_tools
	 toolConfigs:
	   - name: kb-tools
	     command:
	       - cp
	       - /bin/ob-tools
	       - /kb_tools/obtools
	     image: docker.io/apecloud/obtools

This example copies the “/bin/ob-tools” binary from the image to “/kb_tools/obtools”.

Field Description
`mountPoint`
string

Specifies the directory path in the container where the tools-related files are to be copied. This field is typically used with an emptyDir volume to ensure a temporary, empty directory is provided at pod creation.

`toolConfigs`
[]ToolConfig
(Optional)

Specifies a list of settings of init containers that prepare tools for dynamic reload.

UnixSignalTrigger

(Appears on:ReloadOptions, ReloadAction)

UnixSignalTrigger is used to trigger a reload by sending a specific Unix signal to the process.

Field Description
`signal`
SignalType

Specifies a valid Unix signal to be sent. For a comprehensive list of all Unix signals, see: ../../pkg/configuration/configmap/handler.go:allUnixSignals

`processName`
string

Identifies the name of the process to which the Unix signal will be sent.


workloads.kubeblocks.io/v1alpha1

Resource Types:
  • InstanceSet

InstanceSet

InstanceSet is the Schema for the instancesets API.

Field Description
`apiVersion`
string
`workloads.kubeblocks.io/v1alpha1`
`kind`
string
`InstanceSet`
`metadata`
Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta

Contains the metadata for the particular object, such as name, namespace, labels, and annotations.

Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the `metadata` field.
`spec`
InstanceSetSpec

Defines the desired state of the state machine. It includes the configuration details for the state machine.



`replicas`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the desired number of replicas of the given Template. These replicas are instantiations of the same Template, with each having a consistent identity. Defaults to 1 if unspecified.

`defaultTemplateOrdinals`
Ordinals

Specifies the desired Ordinals of the default template. The Ordinals used to specify the ordinal of the instance (pod) names to be generated under the default template.

For example, if Ordinals is {ranges: [{start: 0, end: 1}], discrete: [7]}, then the instance names generated under the default template would be $(cluster.name)-$(component.name)-0、$(cluster.name)-$(component.name)-1 and $(cluster.name)-$(component.name)-7

`minReadySeconds`
int32
(Optional)

Defines the minimum number of seconds a newly created pod should be ready without any of its container crashing to be considered available. Defaults to 0, meaning the pod will be considered available as soon as it is ready.

`selector`
Kubernetes meta/v1.LabelSelector

Represents a label query over pods that should match the desired replica count indicated by the `replica` field. It must match the labels defined in the pod template. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#label-selectors

`service`
Kubernetes core/v1.Service
(Optional)

Defines the behavior of a service spec. Provides read-write service. https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#spec-and-status

Note: This field will be removed in future version.

`template`
Kubernetes core/v1.PodTemplateSpec
`instances`
[]InstanceTemplate
(Optional)

Overrides values in default Template.

Instance is the fundamental unit managed by KubeBlocks. It represents a Pod with additional objects such as PVCs, Services, ConfigMaps, etc. An InstanceSet manages instances with a total count of Replicas, and by default, all these instances are generated from the same template. The InstanceTemplate provides a way to override values in the default template, allowing the InstanceSet to manage instances from different templates.

The naming convention for instances (pods) based on the InstanceSet Name, InstanceTemplate Name, and ordinal. The constructed instance name follows the pattern: $(instance_set.name)-$(template.name)-$(ordinal). By default, the ordinal starts from 0 for each InstanceTemplate. It is important to ensure that the Name of each InstanceTemplate is unique.

The sum of replicas across all InstanceTemplates should not exceed the total number of Replicas specified for the InstanceSet. Any remaining replicas will be generated using the default template and will follow the default naming rules.

`offlineInstances`
[]string
(Optional)

Specifies the names of instances to be transitioned to offline status.

Marking an instance as offline results in the following:

  1. The associated pod is stopped, and its PersistentVolumeClaim (PVC) is retained for potential future reuse or data recovery, but it is no longer actively used.
  2. The ordinal number assigned to this instance is preserved, ensuring it remains unique and avoiding conflicts with new instances.

Setting instances to offline allows for a controlled scale-in process, preserving their data and maintaining ordinal consistency within the cluster. Note that offline instances and their associated resources, such as PVCs, are not automatically deleted. The cluster administrator must manually manage the cleanup and removal of these resources when they are no longer needed.

`volumeClaimTemplates`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.PersistentVolumeClaim
(Optional)

Specifies a list of PersistentVolumeClaim templates that define the storage requirements for each replica. Each template specifies the desired characteristics of a persistent volume, such as storage class, size, and access modes. These templates are used to dynamically provision persistent volumes for replicas upon their creation. The final name of each PVC is generated by appending the pod’s identifier to the name specified in volumeClaimTemplates[*].name.

`podManagementPolicy`
Kubernetes apps/v1.PodManagementPolicyType
(Optional)

Controls how pods are created during initial scale up, when replacing pods on nodes, or when scaling down.

The default policy is `OrderedReady`, where pods are created in increasing order and the controller waits until each pod is ready before continuing. When scaling down, the pods are removed in the opposite order. The alternative policy is `Parallel` which will create pods in parallel to match the desired scale without waiting, and on scale down will delete all pods at once.

Note: This field will be removed in future version.

`parallelPodManagementConcurrency`
Kubernetes api utils intstr.IntOrString
(Optional)

Controls the concurrency of pods during initial scale up, when replacing pods on nodes, or when scaling down. It only used when `PodManagementPolicy` is set to `Parallel`. The default Concurrency is 100%.

`podUpdatePolicy`
PodUpdatePolicyType
(Optional)

PodUpdatePolicy indicates how pods should be updated

  • `StrictInPlace` indicates that only allows in-place upgrades. Any attempt to modify other fields will be rejected.
  • `PreferInPlace` indicates that we will first attempt an in-place upgrade of the Pod. If that fails, it will fall back to the ReCreate, where pod will be recreated.
  • `Recreate` indicates that recreate the Pod no matter what fields being updated. Default value is “PreferInPlace”
`updateStrategy`
InstanceUpdateStrategy

Indicates the StatefulSetUpdateStrategy that will be employed to update Pods in the InstanceSet when a revision is made to Template.

Note: This field will be removed in future version.

`roles`
[]ReplicaRole
(Optional)

A list of roles defined in the system.

`roleProbe`
RoleProbe
(Optional)

Provides method to probe role.

`membershipReconfiguration`
MembershipReconfiguration
(Optional)

Provides actions to do membership dynamic reconfiguration.

`memberUpdateStrategy`
MemberUpdateStrategy
(Optional)

Members(Pods) update strategy.

Deprecated since v0.9.0 - serial: update Members one by one that guarantee minimum component unavailable time. - bestEffortParallel: update Members in parallel that guarantee minimum component un-writable time. - parallel: force parallel

`paused`
bool
(Optional)

Indicates that the InstanceSet is paused, meaning the reconciliation of this InstanceSet object will be paused.

`credential`
Credential
(Optional)

Credential used to connect to DB engine

`status`
InstanceSetStatus

Represents the current information about the state machine. This data may be out of date.

AccessMode (`string` alias)

(Appears on:ReplicaRole)

AccessMode defines SVC access mode enums.

Value Description

"None"

"ReadWrite"

"Readonly"

Action

(Appears on:MembershipReconfiguration, RoleProbe)

Field Description
`image`
string
(Optional)

Refers to the utility image that contains the command which can be utilized to retrieve or process role information.

`command`
[]string

A set of instructions that will be executed within the Container to retrieve or process role information. This field is required.

`args`
[]string
(Optional)

Additional parameters used to perform specific statements. This field is optional.

ConditionType (`string` alias)

Value Description

"InstanceAvailable"

InstanceAvailable ConditionStatus will be True if all instances(pods) are in the ready condition and continue for “MinReadySeconds” seconds. Otherwise, it will be set to False.

"InstanceFailure"

InstanceFailure is added in an instance set when at least one of its instances(pods) is in a `Failed` phase.

"InstanceReady"

InstanceReady is added in an instance set when at least one of its instances(pods) is in a Ready condition. ConditionStatus will be True if all its instances(pods) are in a Ready condition. Or, a NotReady reason with not ready instances encoded in the Message filed will be set.

"InstanceUpdateRestricted"

InstanceUpdateRestricted represents a ConditionType that indicates updates to an InstanceSet are blocked(when the PodUpdatePolicy is set to StrictInPlace but the pods cannot be updated in-place).

Credential

(Appears on:InstanceSetSpec)

Field Description
`username`
CredentialVar

Defines the user’s name for the credential. The corresponding environment variable will be KB_ITS_USERNAME.

`password`
CredentialVar

Represents the user’s password for the credential. The corresponding environment variable will be KB_ITS_PASSWORD.

CredentialVar

(Appears on:Credential)

Field Description
`value`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the value of the environment variable. This field is optional and defaults to an empty string. The value can include variable references in the format $(VAR_NAME) which will be expanded using previously defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables.

If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will remain unchanged. Double $$ can be used to escape the $(VAR_NAME) syntax, resulting in a single $ and producing the string literal “$(VAR_NAME)”. Escaped references will not be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not.

`valueFrom`
Kubernetes core/v1.EnvVarSource
(Optional)

Defines the source for the environment variable’s value. This field is optional and cannot be used if the ‘Value’ field is not empty.

InstanceSetSpec

(Appears on:InstanceSet)

InstanceSetSpec defines the desired state of InstanceSet

Field Description
`replicas`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the desired number of replicas of the given Template. These replicas are instantiations of the same Template, with each having a consistent identity. Defaults to 1 if unspecified.

`defaultTemplateOrdinals`
Ordinals

Specifies the desired Ordinals of the default template. The Ordinals used to specify the ordinal of the instance (pod) names to be generated under the default template.

For example, if Ordinals is {ranges: [{start: 0, end: 1}], discrete: [7]}, then the instance names generated under the default template would be $(cluster.name)-$(component.name)-0、$(cluster.name)-$(component.name)-1 and $(cluster.name)-$(component.name)-7

`minReadySeconds`
int32
(Optional)

Defines the minimum number of seconds a newly created pod should be ready without any of its container crashing to be considered available. Defaults to 0, meaning the pod will be considered available as soon as it is ready.

`selector`
Kubernetes meta/v1.LabelSelector

Represents a label query over pods that should match the desired replica count indicated by the `replica` field. It must match the labels defined in the pod template. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#label-selectors

`service`
Kubernetes core/v1.Service
(Optional)

Defines the behavior of a service spec. Provides read-write service. https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#spec-and-status

Note: This field will be removed in future version.

`template`
Kubernetes core/v1.PodTemplateSpec
`instances`
[]InstanceTemplate
(Optional)

Overrides values in default Template.

Instance is the fundamental unit managed by KubeBlocks. It represents a Pod with additional objects such as PVCs, Services, ConfigMaps, etc. An InstanceSet manages instances with a total count of Replicas, and by default, all these instances are generated from the same template. The InstanceTemplate provides a way to override values in the default template, allowing the InstanceSet to manage instances from different templates.

The naming convention for instances (pods) based on the InstanceSet Name, InstanceTemplate Name, and ordinal. The constructed instance name follows the pattern: $(instance_set.name)-$(template.name)-$(ordinal). By default, the ordinal starts from 0 for each InstanceTemplate. It is important to ensure that the Name of each InstanceTemplate is unique.

The sum of replicas across all InstanceTemplates should not exceed the total number of Replicas specified for the InstanceSet. Any remaining replicas will be generated using the default template and will follow the default naming rules.

`offlineInstances`
[]string
(Optional)

Specifies the names of instances to be transitioned to offline status.

Marking an instance as offline results in the following:

  1. The associated pod is stopped, and its PersistentVolumeClaim (PVC) is retained for potential future reuse or data recovery, but it is no longer actively used.
  2. The ordinal number assigned to this instance is preserved, ensuring it remains unique and avoiding conflicts with new instances.

Setting instances to offline allows for a controlled scale-in process, preserving their data and maintaining ordinal consistency within the cluster. Note that offline instances and their associated resources, such as PVCs, are not automatically deleted. The cluster administrator must manually manage the cleanup and removal of these resources when they are no longer needed.

`volumeClaimTemplates`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.PersistentVolumeClaim
(Optional)

Specifies a list of PersistentVolumeClaim templates that define the storage requirements for each replica. Each template specifies the desired characteristics of a persistent volume, such as storage class, size, and access modes. These templates are used to dynamically provision persistent volumes for replicas upon their creation. The final name of each PVC is generated by appending the pod’s identifier to the name specified in volumeClaimTemplates[*].name.

`podManagementPolicy`
Kubernetes apps/v1.PodManagementPolicyType
(Optional)

Controls how pods are created during initial scale up, when replacing pods on nodes, or when scaling down.

The default policy is `OrderedReady`, where pods are created in increasing order and the controller waits until each pod is ready before continuing. When scaling down, the pods are removed in the opposite order. The alternative policy is `Parallel` which will create pods in parallel to match the desired scale without waiting, and on scale down will delete all pods at once.

Note: This field will be removed in future version.

`parallelPodManagementConcurrency`
Kubernetes api utils intstr.IntOrString
(Optional)

Controls the concurrency of pods during initial scale up, when replacing pods on nodes, or when scaling down. It only used when `PodManagementPolicy` is set to `Parallel`. The default Concurrency is 100%.

`podUpdatePolicy`
PodUpdatePolicyType
(Optional)

PodUpdatePolicy indicates how pods should be updated

  • `StrictInPlace` indicates that only allows in-place upgrades. Any attempt to modify other fields will be rejected.
  • `PreferInPlace` indicates that we will first attempt an in-place upgrade of the Pod. If that fails, it will fall back to the ReCreate, where pod will be recreated.
  • `Recreate` indicates that recreate the Pod no matter what fields being updated. Default value is “PreferInPlace”
`updateStrategy`
InstanceUpdateStrategy

Indicates the StatefulSetUpdateStrategy that will be employed to update Pods in the InstanceSet when a revision is made to Template.

Note: This field will be removed in future version.

`roles`
[]ReplicaRole
(Optional)

A list of roles defined in the system.

`roleProbe`
RoleProbe
(Optional)

Provides method to probe role.

`membershipReconfiguration`
MembershipReconfiguration
(Optional)

Provides actions to do membership dynamic reconfiguration.

`memberUpdateStrategy`
MemberUpdateStrategy
(Optional)

Members(Pods) update strategy.

Deprecated since v0.9.0 - serial: update Members one by one that guarantee minimum component unavailable time. - bestEffortParallel: update Members in parallel that guarantee minimum component un-writable time. - parallel: force parallel

`paused`
bool
(Optional)

Indicates that the InstanceSet is paused, meaning the reconciliation of this InstanceSet object will be paused.

`credential`
Credential
(Optional)

Credential used to connect to DB engine

InstanceSetStatus

(Appears on:InstanceSet)

InstanceSetStatus defines the observed state of InstanceSet

Field Description
`observedGeneration`
int64
(Optional)

observedGeneration is the most recent generation observed for this InstanceSet. It corresponds to the InstanceSet’s generation, which is updated on mutation by the API Server.

`replicas`
int32

replicas is the number of instances created by the InstanceSet controller.

`readyReplicas`
int32

readyReplicas is the number of instances created for this InstanceSet with a Ready Condition.

`currentReplicas`
int32

currentReplicas is the number of instances created by the InstanceSet controller from the InstanceSet version indicated by CurrentRevisions.

`updatedReplicas`
int32

updatedReplicas is the number of instances created by the InstanceSet controller from the InstanceSet version indicated by UpdateRevisions.

`currentRevision`
string

currentRevision, if not empty, indicates the version of the InstanceSet used to generate instances in the sequence [0,currentReplicas).

`updateRevision`
string

updateRevision, if not empty, indicates the version of the InstanceSet used to generate instances in the sequence [replicas-updatedReplicas,replicas)

`conditions`
[]Kubernetes meta/v1.Condition
(Optional)

Represents the latest available observations of an instanceset’s current state. Known .status.conditions.type are: “InstanceFailure”, “InstanceReady”

`availableReplicas`
int32
(Optional)

Total number of available instances (ready for at least minReadySeconds) targeted by this InstanceSet.

`initReplicas`
int32
(Optional)

Defines the initial number of instances when the cluster is first initialized. This value is set to spec.Replicas at the time of object creation and remains constant thereafter. Used only when spec.roles set.

`readyInitReplicas`
int32
(Optional)

Represents the number of instances that have already reached the MembersStatus during the cluster initialization stage. This value remains constant once it equals InitReplicas. Used only when spec.roles set.

`membersStatus`
[]MemberStatus
(Optional)

Provides the status of each member in the cluster.

`readyWithoutPrimary`
bool
(Optional)

Indicates whether it is required for the InstanceSet to have at least one primary instance ready.

`currentRevisions`
map[string]string
(Optional)

currentRevisions, if not empty, indicates the old version of the InstanceSet used to generate the underlying workload. key is the pod name, value is the revision.

`updateRevisions`
map[string]string
(Optional)

updateRevisions, if not empty, indicates the new version of the InstanceSet used to generate the underlying workload. key is the pod name, value is the revision.

`templatesStatus`
[]InstanceTemplateStatus
(Optional)

TemplatesStatus represents status of each instance generated by InstanceTemplates

InstanceTemplate

(Appears on:InstanceSetSpec)

InstanceTemplate allows customization of individual replica configurations within a Component, without altering the base component template defined in ClusterComponentSpec. It enables the application of distinct settings to specific instances (replicas), providing flexibility while maintaining a common configuration baseline.

Field Description
`name`
string

Name specifies the unique name of the instance Pod created using this InstanceTemplate. This name is constructed by concatenating the component’s name, the template’s name, and the instance’s ordinal using the pattern: $(cluster.name)-$(component.name)-$(template.name)-$(ordinal). Ordinals start from 0. The specified name overrides any default naming conventions or patterns.

`replicas`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the number of instances (Pods) to create from this InstanceTemplate. This field allows setting how many replicated instances of the component, with the specific overrides in the InstanceTemplate, are created. The default value is 1. A value of 0 disables instance creation.

`ordinals`
Ordinals

Specifies the desired Ordinals of this InstanceTemplate. The Ordinals used to specify the ordinal of the instance (pod) names to be generated under this InstanceTemplate.

For example, if Ordinals is {ranges: [{start: 0, end: 1}], discrete: [7]}, then the instance names generated under this InstanceTemplate would be $(cluster.name)-$(component.name)-$(template.name)-0、$(cluster.name)-$(component.name)-$(template.name)-1 and $(cluster.name)-$(component.name)-$(template.name)-7

`annotations`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Specifies a map of key-value pairs to be merged into the Pod’s existing annotations. Existing keys will have their values overwritten, while new keys will be added to the annotations.

`labels`
map[string]string
(Optional)

Specifies a map of key-value pairs that will be merged into the Pod’s existing labels. Values for existing keys will be overwritten, and new keys will be added.

`image`
string
(Optional)

Specifies an override for the first container’s image in the pod.

`schedulingPolicy`
SchedulingPolicy
(Optional)

Specifies the scheduling policy for the Component.

`resources`
Kubernetes core/v1.ResourceRequirements
(Optional)

Specifies an override for the resource requirements of the first container in the Pod. This field allows for customizing resource allocation (CPU, memory, etc.) for the container.

`env`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.EnvVar
(Optional)

Defines Env to override. Add new or override existing envs.

`volumes`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.Volume
(Optional)

Defines Volumes to override. Add new or override existing volumes.

`volumeMounts`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.VolumeMount
(Optional)

Defines VolumeMounts to override. Add new or override existing volume mounts of the first container in the pod.

`volumeClaimTemplates`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.PersistentVolumeClaim
(Optional)

Defines VolumeClaimTemplates to override. Add new or override existing volume claim templates.

InstanceTemplateStatus

(Appears on:InstanceSetStatus)

InstanceTemplateStatus aggregates the status of replicas for each InstanceTemplate

Field Description
`name`
string

Name, the name of the InstanceTemplate.

`replicas`
int32
(Optional)

Replicas is the number of replicas of the InstanceTemplate.

`readyReplicas`
int32
(Optional)

ReadyReplicas is the number of Pods that have a Ready Condition.

`availableReplicas`
int32
(Optional)

AvailableReplicas is the number of Pods that ready for at least minReadySeconds.

`currentReplicas`
int32

currentReplicas is the number of instances created by the InstanceSet controller from the InstanceSet version indicated by CurrentRevisions.

`updatedReplicas`
int32
(Optional)

UpdatedReplicas is the number of Pods created by the InstanceSet controller from the InstanceSet version indicated by UpdateRevisions.

InstanceUpdateStrategy

(Appears on:InstanceSetSpec)

InstanceUpdateStrategy indicates the strategy that the InstanceSet controller will use to perform updates. It includes any additional parameters necessary to perform the update for the indicated strategy.

Field Description
`partition`
int32
(Optional)

Partition indicates the number of pods that should be updated during a rolling update. The remaining pods will remain untouched. This is helpful in defining how many pods should participate in the update process. The update process will follow the order of pod names in descending lexicographical (dictionary) order. The default value is Replicas (i.e., update all pods).

`maxUnavailable`
Kubernetes api utils intstr.IntOrString
(Optional)

The maximum number of pods that can be unavailable during the update. Value can be an absolute number (ex: 5) or a percentage of desired pods (ex: 10%). Absolute number is calculated from percentage by rounding up. This can not be 0. Defaults to 1. The field applies to all pods. That means if there is any unavailable pod, it will be counted towards MaxUnavailable.

`memberUpdateStrategy`
MemberUpdateStrategy
(Optional)

Members(Pods) update strategy.

  • serial: update Members one by one that guarantee minimum component unavailable time.
  • bestEffortParallel: update Members in parallel that guarantee minimum component un-writable time.
  • parallel: force parallel

MemberStatus

(Appears on:ClusterComponentStatus, InstanceSetStatus)

Field Description
`podName`
string

Represents the name of the pod.

`role`
ReplicaRole
(Optional)

Defines the role of the replica in the cluster.

MemberUpdateStrategy (`string` alias)

(Appears on:RSMSpec, InstanceSetSpec, InstanceUpdateStrategy)

MemberUpdateStrategy defines Cluster Component update strategy.

Value Description

"BestEffortParallel"

"Parallel"

"Serial"

MembershipReconfiguration

(Appears on:RSMSpec, InstanceSetSpec)

Field Description
`switchoverAction`
Action
(Optional)

Specifies the environment variables that can be used in all following Actions: - KB_ITS_USERNAME: Represents the username part of the credential - KB_ITS_PASSWORD: Represents the password part of the credential - KB_ITS_LEADER_HOST: Represents the leader host - KB_ITS_TARGET_HOST: Represents the target host - KB_ITS_SERVICE_PORT: Represents the service port

Defines the action to perform a switchover. If the Image is not configured, the latest BusyBox image will be used.

`memberJoinAction`
Action
(Optional)

Defines the action to add a member. If the Image is not configured, the Image from the previous non-nil action will be used.

`memberLeaveAction`
Action
(Optional)

Defines the action to remove a member. If the Image is not configured, the Image from the previous non-nil action will be used.

`logSyncAction`
Action
(Optional)

Defines the action to trigger the new member to start log syncing. If the Image is not configured, the Image from the previous non-nil action will be used.

`promoteAction`
Action
(Optional)

Defines the action to inform the cluster that the new member can join voting now. If the Image is not configured, the Image from the previous non-nil action will be used.

Ordinals

(Appears on:InstanceSetSpec, InstanceTemplate)

Ordinals represents a combination of continuous segments and individual values.

Field Description
`ranges`
[]Range
`discrete`
[]int32

PodUpdatePolicyType (`string` alias)

(Appears on:ClusterComponentSpec, ComponentSpec, InstanceSetSpec)

Value Description

"PreferInPlace"

PreferInPlacePodUpdatePolicyType indicates that we will first attempt an in-place upgrade of the Pod. If that fails, it will fall back to the ReCreate, where pod will be recreated.

"Recreate"

RecreatePodUpdatePolicyType indicates that recreate the Pod no matter what fields being updated.

"StrictInPlace"

StrictInPlacePodUpdatePolicyType indicates that only allows in-place upgrades. Any attempt to modify other fields will be rejected.

Range

(Appears on:Ordinals)

Range represents a range with a start and an end value. It is used to define a continuous segment.

Field Description
`start`
int32
`end`
int32

ReplicaRole

(Appears on:RSMSpec, InstanceSetSpec, MemberStatus)

Field Description
`name`
string

Defines the role name of the replica.

`accessMode`
AccessMode

Specifies the service capabilities of this member.

`canVote`
bool
(Optional)

Indicates if this member has voting rights.

`isLeader`
bool
(Optional)

Determines if this member is the leader.

RoleProbe

(Appears on:RSMSpec, InstanceSetSpec)

RoleProbe defines how to observe role

Field Description
`builtinHandlerName`
string
(Optional)

Specifies the builtin handler name to use to probe the role of the main container. Available handlers include: mysql, postgres, mongodb, redis, etcd, kafka. Use CustomHandler to define a custom role probe function if none of the built-in handlers meet the requirement.

`customHandler`
[]Action
(Optional)

Defines a custom method for role probing. If the BuiltinHandler meets the requirement, use it instead. Actions defined here are executed in series. Upon completion of all actions, the final output should be a single string representing the role name defined in spec.Roles. The latest BusyBox image will be used if Image is not configured. Environment variables can be used in Command: - v_KB_ITS_LASTSTDOUT: stdout from the last action, watch for ‘v’ prefix - KB_ITS_USERNAME: username part of the credential - KB_ITS_PASSWORD: password part of the credential

`initialDelaySeconds`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the number of seconds to wait after the container has started before initiating role probing.

`timeoutSeconds`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the number of seconds after which the probe times out.

`periodSeconds`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the frequency (in seconds) of probe execution.

`successThreshold`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the minimum number of consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed.

`failureThreshold`
int32
(Optional)

Specifies the minimum number of consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded.

`roleUpdateMechanism`
RoleUpdateMechanism
(Optional)

Specifies the method for updating the pod role label.

RoleUpdateMechanism (`string` alias)

(Appears on:RoleProbe)

RoleUpdateMechanism defines the way how pod role label being updated.

Value Description

"DirectAPIServerEventUpdate"

"ReadinessProbeEventUpdate"

SchedulingPolicy

(Appears on:InstanceTemplate)

SchedulingPolicy the scheduling policy. Deprecated: Unify with apps/v1alpha1.SchedulingPolicy

Field Description
`schedulerName`
string
(Optional)

If specified, the Pod will be dispatched by specified scheduler. If not specified, the Pod will be dispatched by default scheduler.

`nodeSelector`
map[string]string
(Optional)

NodeSelector is a selector which must be true for the Pod to fit on a node. Selector which must match a node’s labels for the Pod to be scheduled on that node. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/assign-pod-node/

`nodeName`
string
(Optional)

NodeName is a request to schedule this Pod onto a specific node. If it is non-empty, the scheduler simply schedules this Pod onto that node, assuming that it fits resource requirements.

`affinity`
Kubernetes core/v1.Affinity
(Optional)

Specifies a group of affinity scheduling rules of the Cluster, including NodeAffinity, PodAffinity, and PodAntiAffinity.

`tolerations`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.Toleration
(Optional)

Allows Pods to be scheduled onto nodes with matching taints. Each toleration in the array allows the Pod to tolerate node taints based on specified `key`, `value`, `effect`, and `operator`.

  • The `key`, `value`, and `effect` identify the taint that the toleration matches.
  • The `operator` determines how the toleration matches the taint.

Pods with matching tolerations are allowed to be scheduled on tainted nodes, typically reserved for specific purposes.

`topologySpreadConstraints`
[]Kubernetes core/v1.TopologySpreadConstraint
(Optional)

TopologySpreadConstraints describes how a group of Pods ought to spread across topology domains. Scheduler will schedule Pods in a way which abides by the constraints. All topologySpreadConstraints are ANDed.


Generated with `gen-crd-api-reference-docs`

© 2025 ApeCloud PTE. Ltd.